27.11.2014 Views

Quantitative analysis of EEG signals: Time-frequency methods and ...

Quantitative analysis of EEG signals: Time-frequency methods and ...

Quantitative analysis of EEG signals: Time-frequency methods and ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>Quantitative</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>:<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> Chaos theory<br />

Rodrigo Quian Quiroga<br />

Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University Lubeck<br />

<strong>and</strong> Institute <strong>of</strong> Signal Processing - Medical University Lubeck


Aus dem Institut fur Physiologie<br />

vertreten in der Technisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat<br />

der Medizinischen Universitat zu Lubeck<br />

durch das Institut fur Signalverarbeitung und Prozessrechentechnik<br />

Direktoren:<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. med. Wolfgang Jelkmann (Institut fur Physiologie)<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing. Til Aach (Institut fur Signalverarbeitung und Prozessrechentechnik)<br />

<strong>Quantitative</strong> Analyse von <strong>EEG</strong>-Signalen:<br />

Zeit-Frequenz-Methoden und Chaos-Theorie<br />

Inauguraldissertation<br />

zur<br />

Erlangung der Doktorwurde<br />

der Medizinischen Universitat zu Lubeck<br />

-Ausder Technisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat -<br />

Vorgelegt von<br />

Rodrigo Quian Quiroga<br />

aus Buenos Aires, Argentinien<br />

Lubeck, 1998


1. Berichterstatter: Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing. Til Aach<br />

2. Berichterstatter: Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing Erol Basar<br />

Tag der mundlichen Prufung: 04.12.98<br />

Zum Druck genehmigt, Lubeck, den 18.05.1999<br />

gez. Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr.-Ing. Erik Maehle.<br />

- Dekan der Technisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat -<br />

ii


Zusammenfassung<br />

Seitdem 1929 die ersten <strong>EEG</strong>s von Menschen abgeleitet wurden, hat sich das <strong>EEG</strong><br />

zu einem der wichtigsten diagnostischen Hilfsmittel in der klinischen Neurophysiologie<br />

entwickelt. Bis jetzt beruht die <strong>EEG</strong>-Analyse jedoch weitgehend auf der visuellen Inspektion<br />

der <strong>EEG</strong>-Aufzeichnungen. Dieses Auswertungsverfahren ist sehr subjektiv und<br />

und erschwert statistische Auswertung und St<strong>and</strong>ardisierung. Daher wurden mehrere<br />

Methoden vorgeschlagen, um die im <strong>EEG</strong> enthaltene Information quantitativ zu erfassen.<br />

Unter diesen Verfahren hat sich die Fourier-Transformation als ein sehr nutzliches<br />

Hilfsmittel erwiesen. Diese kann die Frequenzkomponenten des <strong>EEG</strong>-Signals charakterisieren<br />

und hat klinische Bedeutung erlangt. Die Fourier-Transformation hat jedoch<br />

einige Nachteile, die ihre Anwendung einschranken. Daher sind <strong>and</strong>ere Methoden erforderlich,<br />

um verborgene Information aus dem <strong>EEG</strong> zu gewinnen.<br />

In dieser Arbeit habe ich Methoden zur Analyse verschiedener Arten von <strong>EEG</strong>-<br />

Signalen beschrieben, erweitert und vergliechen, und zwar (1) Zeit-Frequenz-Methoden<br />

(Gabor- und Wavelet-Transformation) und (2) Methoden der Chaos-Analyse (Attraktor-<br />

Rekonstruktion, Korrelations-Dimension, Lyapunov-Exponent).<br />

Diese Methoden lieferten hinsichtlich der Quellen und der Dynamik von Gr<strong>and</strong>-Mal-<br />

Anfallen neue Information, die mit konventionellen Methoden schwierig zu erhalten war.<br />

Wahrend Gr<strong>and</strong>-Mal-Anfallen herrschten alpha (8 ; 15Hz) und theta (4 ; 7Hz)Rhythmen<br />

vor, die spater langsamer wurden, was in Beziehung zum Beginn der klonischen<br />

Phase st<strong>and</strong>. Die Dynamik der Gehirn-Oszillationen in dieser Phase ist von Interesse im<br />

Hinblick auf Prozesse neuronaler Ermudung, auf ein Ungleichgewicht der Neurotransmitter,<br />

auf Ahnlichkeit mit Tierversuchen und auf Computer-Simulationen. Analysen<br />

mithilfe der Chaos-Theorie zeigten, da Parameter wie die Korrelations-Dimension oder<br />

der Lyapunov-Exponent abnahmen (diese Parameter charakterisieren die Komplexitat<br />

und die Chaotizitat des Signals). Diese Ergebnisse zeigten einen Ubergang zu einem<br />

einfacheren System im Verlauf des epileptischen Anfalls.<br />

Um grundlegende Eigenschaften von Gehirn-Oszillationen zu untersuchen, habe ich<br />

ereigniskorrelierte Potentiale (also Ver<strong>and</strong>erungen des <strong>EEG</strong> aufgrund externer oder interner<br />

Reize) analysiert, und zwar mit neueren Methoden der Zeit-Frequenz-Analyse. In<br />

diesem Zusammenhang zeigte die Untersuchung ereigniskorrelierter Alpha-Oszillationen<br />

(also der Alpha-Komponenten ereigniskorrelierter Potentiale) eine topographische Verteilung<br />

mit signikanten Latenz-Unterschieden zwischen anterioren und posterioren Elektroden.<br />

Dies legte nahe, da diese ereigniskorrelierten Alpha-Oszillationen an multiplen<br />

Orten entstehen. Ferner wiesen (a) die Unabhangigkeit der Alpha-Antworten von der<br />

Bearbeitung einer kognitiven Aufgabe, (b) das deutlichste Auftreten dieser Antworten<br />

iii


an okzipitalen Positionen und (c) die kurze Latenz dieser Antworten auf eine Beziehung<br />

zwischen ereigniskorrelierten Alpha-Oszillationen und primar-sensorischer Verarbeitung<br />

hin. Die Untersuchung von Antworten auf bimodale Reize (simultane auditorische<br />

und visuelle Stimulation) zeigte eine signikante Zunahme der Amplitude im<br />

Vergleich mit unimodalen Reizen. Demzufolge war es moglich, eine Beziehung zwischen<br />

Gamma (30 ; 60Hz) Oszillationen und einem Proze anzunehmen, der die Information<br />

tragt, da zwei sensorische Wahrnehmungen (im Rahmen der bimodalen Stimulation)<br />

zu ein und demselben Reiz gehoren.<br />

Insbesondere ist diese Arbeit die erste Untersuchung, in der die neue Methode<br />

Wavelet-Entropie fur die Analyse ereigniskorrelierter Potentiale angepat und angewendet<br />

wurde. In ereigniskorrelierten Potentialen gehen signikante Abnahmen der<br />

Wavelet-Entropie mit einer kognitiven P300-Antwort einher. Dies zeigte, da diese<br />

P300-Antwort mit einer Ordnung der spontanen <strong>EEG</strong>-Oszillationen assoziert ist.<br />

iv


<strong>Quantitative</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>:<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> Chaos theory<br />

Rodrigo Quian Quiroga<br />

Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University Lubeck<br />

<strong>and</strong> Institute <strong>of</strong> Signal Processing - Medical University Lubeck<br />

1998


To my family: Mama, Consuelo, Huguito <strong>and</strong> Elisa<br />

<strong>and</strong> to my closest friends: Esteban <strong>and</strong> Samy.<br />

vii


viii


Preface<br />

In this work, I will describe <strong>and</strong> extend two new approaches that started to be applied<br />

to physiological <strong>signals</strong>: 1) the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong>, <strong>and</strong> 2) the <strong>methods</strong> based on<br />

Chaos theory. I will discuss their applicability <strong>and</strong> usefulness mainly in two types <strong>of</strong><br />

brain <strong>signals</strong>: a) <strong>EEG</strong> recordings from \Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal" epileptic seizures, <strong>and</strong> b) Eventrelated<br />

potentials. Moreover, I will compare all these new <strong>methods</strong>, comparison which<br />

was not performed so far, stressing their advantages over conventional approaches in the<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. Furthermore, the results obtained will be closely linked with<br />

physiological interpretations. In particular, this thesis is the rst work where the novel<br />

method \Wavelet entropy" is adjusted <strong>and</strong> applied to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses.<br />

The structure is as follows:<br />

The rst part <strong>of</strong> the thesis consists in an introduction to basic concepts <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography<br />

<strong>and</strong> a review <strong>of</strong> previous approaches to its quantitative <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

In particular, chapter x1 gives a brief description <strong>of</strong> the necessary background<br />

<strong>of</strong> neurophysiology focusing on the concepts needed for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the basics<br />

<strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong>, <strong>and</strong> chapter x2 describes the traditional Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> its<br />

main applications to <strong>EEG</strong>s.<br />

Chapters x3 to x6 are the main part <strong>of</strong> the thesis, each chapter referring to one <strong>of</strong><br />

the new quantitative <strong>methods</strong>. They all have the same internal structure: 1) they<br />

start with an introduction in which the goal <strong>of</strong> the method is described, 2) then,<br />

a theoretical background is given, 3) their application to dierent types <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong><br />

is shown <strong>and</strong> nally, 4) a physiological interpretation <strong>of</strong> the results is given <strong>and</strong><br />

advantages <strong>of</strong> the <strong>methods</strong> are discussed in comparison with other approaches.<br />

More specically, chapter x3 presents the Gabor Transform, a time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

method that solves some <strong>of</strong> the disadvantages <strong>of</strong> the Fourier Transform. Furthermore,<br />

since in many cases a more detailed information is required, as I will<br />

show with the study <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, I will introduce new denitions that<br />

will allow a better quantitative <strong>analysis</strong><strong>of</strong>the<strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

Chapter x4 describes the theoretical background <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform. Studies<br />

where the Wavelet Transform is applied to Tonic-Clonic seizures <strong>and</strong> to eventrelated<br />

potentials will show the advantages <strong>of</strong> this new method in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

Chapter x5 presents the approach based on the Non-linear Dynamics (Chaos)<br />

theory. I will show its application to dierenttype <strong>of</strong> seizure recordings, correlating<br />

ix


these results with the ones obtained with the <strong>methods</strong> described in the previous<br />

chapters. I will remark several problems in the implementation <strong>of</strong> these <strong>methods</strong><br />

in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> physiological <strong>signals</strong> that in many cases lead to pitfalls <strong>and</strong><br />

misinterpretations. Furthermore, I will establish some criteria for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> with Chaos <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

Chapter x6 introduces a new method based on the \information theory", the<br />

Wavelet-entropy, that gives quantitative information about the ordered/disordered<br />

nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. I will show its application to event-related potentials.<br />

Furthermore, I will show how it avoids several disadvantages <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong><br />

allowing the study <strong>of</strong> similar concepts with a completely dierent approach.<br />

Finally, in chapter x7, I will compare the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> Chaos approaches,<br />

<strong>and</strong> I will discuss the main physiological results by joining the evidence obtained<br />

with the dierent <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

This work was supported by the Bundesministerium fur Bildung und Forschung<br />

(BMBF), Germany <strong>and</strong> by the Medical University <strong>of</strong> Lubeck, Germany. I am very<br />

thankful to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Erol Basar, director <strong>of</strong> the group <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology <strong>of</strong> the Medical<br />

University <strong>of</strong>Lubeck, for giving me the opportunity towork under his direction <strong>and</strong> for<br />

his experienced advice in the development <strong>of</strong> this work.<br />

I am also very thankful to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Til Aach for his criticisms <strong>and</strong> corrections to this<br />

thesis, especially in the mathematical formalisms, <strong>and</strong> to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Rupert Lasser for his<br />

guiding in the mathematical background during the rst stage <strong>of</strong> my work. I would<br />

like to thanks Dr. Martin Schurmann for two years <strong>of</strong> invaluable scientic discussions,<br />

non-scientic activities <strong>and</strong> for his criticisms <strong>and</strong> comments after a careful reading <strong>of</strong><br />

this thesis. I am also very thankful to Dr. Juliana Yordanova <strong>and</strong> Dr. Vasil Kolev<br />

for very helpful criticisms during the development <strong>of</strong> this work <strong>and</strong> for their warm<br />

friendship. During my staying in Lubeck I also appreciated very much the collaboration<br />

with Dr. Atsuko Schutt, Dr. Irina Maltseva, Oliver Sakowitz, Dr. Richard Rascher-<br />

Friesenhausen <strong>and</strong> Dr. Tamer Demiralp to whom I am also very thankful for s<strong>of</strong>tware<br />

implementation. I am also very thankful to Pr<strong>of</strong>. Wolfgang Jelkmann, director <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology for giving me the opportunity to work at his institute. This<br />

thesis would have not been achieved without the help <strong>of</strong> the group <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology<br />

in Lubeck. Iwould also liketomention the very nice work atmosphere that they created.<br />

My special thanks to Dipl.-Ing. Martin Gehrmann, Dipl.-Ing. Ferdin<strong>and</strong> Greitschus,<br />

Gabriele Huck, Betina Stier <strong>and</strong> Gabriela Fletschinger. I am especially thankful to<br />

Beate Nurnberg for her constant support <strong>and</strong> personal help.<br />

x


I would certainly like to remember all my colleagues/friends from Argentina. A<br />

very special thanks to Dr. Osvaldo Rosso <strong>and</strong> Dr. Susana Blanco, from the Chaos<br />

<strong>and</strong> Biology group at the University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires, for giving me the rst push in my<br />

steps as a physicist <strong>and</strong> also for their friendship <strong>and</strong> constant scientic <strong>and</strong> non-scientic<br />

support. I also appreciated further collaboration with Alej<strong>and</strong>ra Figliola <strong>of</strong> the same<br />

group.<br />

Iamvery thankful to Dr. Adrian Rabinowicz, director <strong>of</strong> the Epilepsy department <strong>of</strong><br />

the Institute <strong>of</strong> Neurological Investigations (FLENI) for teaching me what I know about<br />

epilepsy. I can not forget all the support <strong>and</strong> constant good mood <strong>of</strong> the people <strong>of</strong><br />

the Neurophysiology department at FLENI foundation, with whom I had the pleasure<br />

to work with during my research stage in Argentina. Many thanks to Isabel, Jorge,<br />

Claudia, Sonia, Cecilia, S<strong>and</strong>ra, Alex<strong>and</strong>ra, Mary, Monica, Dr. Ribero, Dr. Estelles,<br />

Dr. Nogues, Dr. Camarotta, Dr. Navarro Correa <strong>and</strong> I hope I am not forgetting<br />

somebody.<br />

Finally I would like to thank the one who introduce me in this fascinating world<br />

<strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology, the one who encouraged <strong>and</strong> supported ayoung student <strong>of</strong> physics<br />

coming up with crazy ideas about Chaos <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s. My very special thanks to Dr.<br />

Horacio Garca.<br />

xi


xii


Contents<br />

Zusammenfassung<br />

Preface<br />

Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br />

iii<br />

ix<br />

x<br />

Summary 1<br />

1 Outline <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology: Brain <strong>signals</strong> 3<br />

1.1 Electroencephalogram (<strong>EEG</strong>) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3<br />

1.1.1 Brain oscillations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6<br />

1.1.2 <strong>EEG</strong> in Epilepsy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7<br />

1.2 Event related potentials (ERP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8<br />

1.3 Relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11<br />

2 Fourier Transform 13<br />

2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13<br />

2.2 Theoretical background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13<br />

2.3 Fourier Transform in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15<br />

2.3.1 Frequency b<strong>and</strong>s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />

2.3.2 Topographical mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16<br />

2.3.3 Frequency <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />

2.3.4 Coherence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18<br />

2.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20<br />

3 Gabor Transform (Short <strong>Time</strong> Fourier Transform) 21<br />

3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21<br />

3.2 Theoretical background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22<br />

Uncertainty Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />

3.3 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . 25<br />

3.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />

3.3.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26<br />

3.3.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />

3.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />

3.4.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong>: plateau criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31<br />

3.4.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31<br />

3.4.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32<br />

xiii


3.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35<br />

4 Wavelet Transform 36<br />

4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36<br />

4.2 Theoretical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />

4.2.1 Continuous Wavelet Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />

4.2.2 Dyadic Wavelet Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38<br />

4.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39<br />

4.2.4 B-Splines wavelets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40<br />

4.2.5 Wavelet Packets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43<br />

4.3 Short review <strong>of</strong> wavelets applied to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> . . . . . . . 44<br />

4.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />

4.4.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />

4.4.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46<br />

4.4.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />

4.5 Application to alpha responses <strong>of</strong> visual event-related potentials . . . . . 50<br />

4.5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50<br />

4.5.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52<br />

Comparison between wavelets <strong>and</strong> conventional digital ltering . 52<br />

4.5.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54<br />

4.5.4 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59<br />

4.6 Application to gamma responses <strong>of</strong> bisensory event-related potentials . . 61<br />

4.6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />

4.6.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />

4.6.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62<br />

4.6.4 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65<br />

4.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66<br />

5 Deterministic Chaos 68<br />

5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

5.2 Theoretical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

5.2.1 Basic concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68<br />

5.2.2 Correlation Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69<br />

5.2.3 Calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70<br />

5.2.4 Problems arising when calculating the Correlation Dimension . . 71<br />

5.2.5 Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong> Kolmogorov Entropy . . . . . . . . . . 72<br />

xiv


5.2.6 Calculating Lyapunov Exponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73<br />

5.3 Stationarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74<br />

5.4 Short review <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />

5.4.1 Correlation Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75<br />

5.4.2 Lyapunov Exponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77<br />

5.5 Application to scalp recorded <strong>EEG</strong>s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.5.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.5.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

5.6 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.6.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.6.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82<br />

5.7 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84<br />

6 Wavelet-entropy 86<br />

6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86<br />

6.2 Theoretical Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88<br />

6.3 Application to visual event-related potentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89<br />

6.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90<br />

6.3.2 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90<br />

6.3.3 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94<br />

6.4 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99<br />

7 General Discussion 101<br />

7.1 Physiological considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101<br />

7.1.1 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101<br />

7.1.2 Event-related responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102<br />

7.1.3 Are <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> chaos or noise? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103<br />

7.2 Comparison <strong>of</strong> the <strong>methods</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104<br />

7.2.1 Fourier Transform vs. Gabor Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104<br />

7.2.2 Gabor Transform vs. Wavelet Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105<br />

7.2.3 Wavelet Transform vs. conventional digital ltering . . . . . . . . 107<br />

7.2.4 Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> vs. time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> (Gabor, Wavelets) . . 108<br />

7.2.5 Wavelet-entropy vs. <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108<br />

7.2.6 Wavelet-Entropy vs. Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109<br />

Conclusion 110<br />

xv


A <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>and</strong> the Uncertainty Principle 111<br />

A.1 Preliminary concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111<br />

A.2 Uncertainty Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112<br />

A.3 <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Fourier, Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet Transform 113<br />

References 117<br />

Biographical sketch 129<br />

xvi


Summary<br />

Since the rsts recordings in humans performed in 1929, the <strong>EEG</strong> has become one <strong>of</strong><br />

the most important diagnostic tools in clinical neurophysiology, but up to now, <strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>analysis</strong> still relies mostly on its visual inspection. Due to the fact that visual inspection<br />

is very subjective <strong>and</strong> hardly allows any statistical <strong>analysis</strong> or st<strong>and</strong>ardization, several<br />

<strong>methods</strong> were proposed in order to quantify the information <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Among these,<br />

the Fourier Transform emerged as a very powerful tool capable <strong>of</strong> characterizing the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> components <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, even reaching diagnostical importance. However,<br />

Fourier Transform has some disadvantages that limit its applicability <strong>and</strong> therefore,<br />

other <strong>methods</strong> for extracting \hidden" information from the <strong>EEG</strong> are necessary.<br />

In this work, I described, extended <strong>and</strong> compared <strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> dierent<br />

types <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, namely time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> (Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> Wavelet<br />

Transform) <strong>and</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong> (attractor reconstruction, Correlation dimension, Lyapunov<br />

exponents, etc.).<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> provided new information about sources <strong>and</strong> dynamics <strong>of</strong><br />

Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal (Tonic-clonic) seizures, something very dicult to obtain with conventional<br />

<strong>methods</strong>. Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures were rst dominated by alpha (7:5 ; 12:5Hz) <strong>and</strong> theta<br />

(3:5;7:5Hz)rhythms, these rhythms later becoming slower in correlation with the starting<br />

<strong>of</strong> the clonic phase. The dynamics <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns during these seizures<br />

was very interesting in relation to processes <strong>of</strong> neuronal fatigue, neurotransmitter disbalance,<br />

similarity with animal experiments <strong>and</strong> computer simulations. The <strong>analysis</strong><br />

with Chaos theory showed a decrease in parameters as the Correlation Dimension or<br />

the maximum Lyapunov exponent, parameters that characterize the complexity <strong>and</strong><br />

\chaoticity" <strong>of</strong> the signal. These results showed a transition to a more simple system<br />

during epileptic seizures.<br />

In order to study basic features <strong>of</strong> brain oscillations, I analyzed event-related responses<br />

(i.e. alterations <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to an external or internal stimuli) with<br />

recent <strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. In this context, the study <strong>of</strong> event-related<br />

alpha oscillations (i.e. event-related responses in the alpha range) showed that these<br />

responses were distributed along the scalp with signicant dierences in their delays<br />

between anterior <strong>and</strong> posterior electrodes. This result implied that several sources were<br />

involved in the origin <strong>of</strong> the event-related alpha oscillations. Furthermore, their independence<br />

on the performance <strong>of</strong> a cognitive task, the best denition in occipital locations<br />

<strong>and</strong> the short latency <strong>of</strong> the responses pointed towards a relation between event-related<br />

alpha oscillations <strong>and</strong> primary sensory processing.<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> the responses upon bimodal stimulation (simultaneous visual <strong>and</strong> audi-<br />

1


tory stimulation) showed a signicant increase <strong>of</strong> amplitude in comparison with the unimodal<br />

ones. Then, it was possible to conjecture a relation between gamma (30 ; 60Hz)<br />

oscillations <strong>and</strong> a process responsible <strong>of</strong> carrying the information that two sensory perceptions<br />

<strong>of</strong> bimodal stimulation correspond in fact to the same stimulus.<br />

In particular, this thesis is the rst work where the novel method \Wavelet entropy",<br />

a measure <strong>of</strong> the distribution <strong>of</strong> the signal in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain, was adjusted <strong>and</strong><br />

applied to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> event-related responses. In event-related potentials, signicant<br />

decreases in the wavelet entropy correlated with the P300 cognitive response showed that<br />

this response was associated with an ordering <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations.<br />

2


1 Outline <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology: Brain <strong>signals</strong><br />

This chapter presents some basic topics <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology necessary for underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

the experiments <strong>and</strong> results to be described in the following chapters. In this context,<br />

the concepts exposed <strong>and</strong> the detail <strong>of</strong> their treatment are not expected to provide<br />

a complete background on neurophysiology. On the contrary, this chapter is focused<br />

on describing the electroencephalogram <strong>and</strong> event-related potentials (ERPs), especially<br />

applied to the study <strong>of</strong> epilepsy <strong>and</strong> brain oscillations. Despite the wide application<br />

<strong>of</strong> these issues, some fundamental points are still controversial <strong>and</strong> due to the complex<br />

behavior <strong>of</strong> these <strong>signals</strong>, they are dicult to resolve with traditional approaches, thus<br />

being ideal c<strong>and</strong>idates to be studied with new quantitative <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

1.1 Electroencephalogram (<strong>EEG</strong>)<br />

The <strong>EEG</strong> was originally developed as a method for investigating mental processes. Clinical<br />

applications soon became visible, most notably in epilepsy, <strong>and</strong> it was only with the<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> ERP recordings that <strong>EEG</strong> correlates <strong>of</strong> sensory <strong>and</strong> cognitive processes<br />

nally became popular. The rst recordings <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity were reported by<br />

Caton in 1875 in exposed brains <strong>of</strong> rabbits <strong>and</strong> monkeys, but it was not until 1929 that<br />

Hans Berger (Berger, 1929) reported the rst measurement <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity in<br />

humans. <strong>EEG</strong> visual patterns were correlated with functions, dysfunctions <strong>and</strong> diseases<br />

<strong>of</strong> the central nervous system, then emerging as one <strong>of</strong> the most important diagnostical<br />

tools <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology.<br />

The electroencephalogram (<strong>EEG</strong>) can be roughly dened as the mean electrical activity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the brain in dierent sites <strong>of</strong> the head. More specically, it is the sum <strong>of</strong> the<br />

extracellular current ows <strong>of</strong> a large group <strong>of</strong> neurons. Since the generation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong><br />

from the action potentials <strong>of</strong> the neurons is beyond the scope <strong>of</strong> this thesis, for further<br />

details I suggest the comprehensive works <strong>of</strong> Steriade et al. (1990), Lopes da Silva<br />

(1991), Steriade (1993), Speckermann <strong>and</strong> Elger (1993), Pedley <strong>and</strong> Traub (1990) <strong>and</strong><br />

Basar (1980).<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> recordings are achieved by placing electrodes <strong>of</strong> high conductivity(impedance <<br />

5000) in dierent locations <strong>of</strong> the head. Measures <strong>of</strong> the electric potentials can be<br />

recorded between pairs <strong>of</strong> active electrodes (bipolar recordings) or with respect to a<br />

supposed passive electrode called reference (monopolar recordings). These measures are<br />

mainly performed on the surface <strong>of</strong> the head (scalp <strong>EEG</strong>) orby using special electrodes<br />

placed in the brain after a surgical operation (intracranial <strong>EEG</strong>).<br />

3


Figure 1: 10-20 system <strong>of</strong> montage <strong>of</strong> electrodes. Notation: F means frontal, C means<br />

central, P means parietal, T means temporal, O means occipital <strong>and</strong> A means earlobe<br />

reference. Modied from Reilly, 1993.<br />

Scalp recordings<br />

In scalp, or surface, <strong>EEG</strong> recordings, the most widely used placement <strong>of</strong> electrodes is<br />

the so called 10;20 system, consisting in 20 electrodes (or sometimes less) uniformly distributed<br />

along the head, generally referenced to 2 electrodes in the earlobes (Reilly, 1993<br />

see g. 1). Normal scalp <strong>EEG</strong> recordings are usually taken with the subject relaxed,<br />

in three modalities: 1) with eyes closed 2) with eyes open 3) under hyperventilation,<br />

photostimulation, etc.<br />

One important problem <strong>of</strong> scalp <strong>EEG</strong>s are the artifacts (Reilly, 1993). Artifacts are<br />

alterations <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> due to head movements, blinking, muscle activity, electrocardiogram,<br />

etc. (see an example in g. 2). Due to the very low amplitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

(usually between 10 ; 200V ), artifacts <strong>of</strong>ten contaminate the recordings restricting or<br />

making impossible any <strong>analysis</strong> or interpretation.<br />

Intracranial recordings<br />

With intracranially implanted electrodes a better resolution can be achieved. Moreover,<br />

possible alterations <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal in its way from the originating neural struc-<br />

4


Figure 2: Normal 20 channels (10-20 system) eyes open <strong>EEG</strong>. Vertical lines show one second divisions. The arrow marks the<br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong> a blinking artifact (best visible in frontal electrodes). Note also the appearance <strong>of</strong> alpha waves ( 10cycles=sec:),<br />

best dened in parietal <strong>and</strong> occipital locations<br />

5


tures up to the scalp are overcome <strong>and</strong> most <strong>of</strong> the artifacts can be avoided. There are<br />

two maintypes <strong>of</strong> intracranial electrodes: 1) the subdural electrodes, which are arranged<br />

in grids or strips placed on the brain (Arroyo et al., 1993), <strong>and</strong> 2) the deep electrodes,<br />

which are arranged in a needle in order to study deep structures (Niedermeyer, 1993b).<br />

The application <strong>of</strong> intracranial electrodes involves a major surgery <strong>and</strong> their use is restricted<br />

to very particular cases, as for example the study <strong>of</strong> epileptic patients who are<br />

c<strong>and</strong>idates for a surgical resection.<br />

1.1.1 Brain oscillations<br />

In his rst publication, Berger (1929) already mentioned the presence <strong>of</strong> what he called<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> beta oscillations. The study <strong>of</strong> dierent types <strong>of</strong> rhythmicities <strong>of</strong> the brain <strong>and</strong><br />

their relation with dierent pathologies <strong>and</strong> functions keep the attention <strong>of</strong> researchers<br />

since the beginnings <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography. Brain oscillations were divided in <strong>frequency</strong><br />

b<strong>and</strong>s that have been related with dierent brain states, functions or pathologies<br />

(see Niedermeyer, 1993a Steriade, 1993).<br />

Alpha rhythms (7:5 ; 12:5Hz): they appear spontaneously in normal adults<br />

during wakefulness, under relaxation <strong>and</strong> mental inactivity conditions. They are<br />

best seen with eyes closed <strong>and</strong> most pronounced in occipital locations (see g. 2<br />

sources <strong>and</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong> will be discussed in sec. x4.5).<br />

Beta rhythms (12:5 ; 30Hz): they are best dened in central <strong>and</strong> frontal locations,<br />

they have less amplitude than alpha waves <strong>and</strong> they are enhanced upon<br />

expectancy states or tension. They are traditionally subdivided in 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 oscillations.<br />

Theta rhythms (3:5 ; 7:5Hz): they are enhanced during sleep <strong>and</strong> they play an<br />

important role in infancy <strong>and</strong> childhood. In the awake adult, high theta activity<br />

is considered abnormal <strong>and</strong> it is related with dierent brain disorders.<br />

Delta rhythms (0:5 ; 3:5Hz): they are characteristic <strong>of</strong> deep sleep stages. Furthermore,<br />

delta oscillations with certain specic morphologies, localizations <strong>and</strong><br />

rhythmicities are correlated with dierent pathologies.<br />

Gamma rhythms (30 ; 60Hz): previously not <strong>of</strong> major interest with regard<br />

to the surface <strong>EEG</strong>, they gained popularity after the cellular level experiments<br />

<strong>of</strong> Gray <strong>and</strong> Singer (1989) <strong>and</strong> Gray et al. (1989) showing their relation with<br />

linking <strong>of</strong> stimulus features into a common perceptual information (binding theory).<br />

Gamma oscillations will be further studied in sec. x4.6.<br />

6


1.1.2 <strong>EEG</strong> in Epilepsy<br />

One important application <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> is to the study <strong>of</strong> epilepsy. The appearance <strong>of</strong><br />

abrupt high amplitude peaks (spikes), abnormal rhythmicities, \slowing" <strong>of</strong> the recording<br />

<strong>and</strong> several other paroxysms are a general l<strong>and</strong>mark <strong>of</strong> it, helping to identify, classify<br />

<strong>and</strong> localize the seizures.<br />

Epilepsy is a disorder <strong>of</strong> the normal brain function that aects about 1% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

population, characterized by an excessive <strong>and</strong> uncontrolled activity <strong>of</strong> either a part or<br />

the whole central nervous system. Historically, the <strong>EEG</strong> has been the most useful tool for<br />

its evaluation, now complemented with the advances in imaging techniques, especially<br />

the ones achieved by the Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).<br />

Given that ictal recordings (i.e. recordings during a seizure) were rarely obtained,<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> epileptic patients usually relied on interictal ndings. In those interictal<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>s, seizures are usually activated with photostimulation, hyperventilation <strong>and</strong> other<br />

<strong>methods</strong>. However, one disadvantage <strong>of</strong> these stimulation techniques is that provoked<br />

seizures do not necessarily have the same behavior as the spontaneous ones. The introduction<br />

<strong>of</strong> long term Video-<strong>EEG</strong> recordings has been an important milestone providing<br />

not only the possibility to analyze ictal events, but also contributing with valuable information<br />

in those c<strong>and</strong>idates evaluated for epilepsy surgery (see Quian Quiroga et al.,<br />

1997a Porter <strong>and</strong> Sato, 1993 Kaplan <strong>and</strong> Leser, 1990 Gotman et al., 1985 Meierkord et<br />

al., 1991). In this setting <strong>and</strong> following strict protocols, seizures are elicited by gradually<br />

reducing antiepileptic drugs.<br />

Classication<br />

The classication <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures is a very dicult task <strong>and</strong> leaded to several<br />

controversies. I will present a simplied classication (for further details see Niedermeyer,<br />

1993c). Tonic-Clonic seizures will be described with more detail since these are<br />

the ones to be studied in the following chapters. Seizures can be classied in:<br />

1. Partial seizures: they have a focal origin they can also evolve to a generalized<br />

seizure (secondarily generalized).<br />

Simple partial seizures: consciousness is not impaired. Depending on the<br />

zone <strong>of</strong> the brain involved, they are characterized by focal motor movements,<br />

sensory symptoms (simple hallucinations), autonomic symptoms (epigastric<br />

sensation, sweating, pupillary dilatation, etc.) or psychic symptoms.<br />

Complex partial seizures: involve a loose <strong>of</strong> consciousness. They are characterized<br />

by dierent psychical sensations <strong>and</strong> motor automatisms. Since there<br />

are many types <strong>of</strong> these seizures, the <strong>EEG</strong> is very variable but it can be gen-<br />

7


erally characterized by low <strong>frequency</strong> discharges (3 ; 6 Hz) localized in some<br />

region <strong>of</strong> the brain. They can begin as simple partial seizures.<br />

2. Generalized seizures: the whole brain is involved.<br />

Absence seizures (Petit Mal epilepsy): Consist <strong>of</strong> a sudden lapse <strong>of</strong> consciousness<br />

with impairment <strong>of</strong> mental functions. They last about 5-20 seconds <strong>and</strong><br />

the <strong>EEG</strong> is characterized by generalized 3Hz spike-wave discharges (a spike<br />

followed by aslow half period oscillation).<br />

Tonic-clonic seizures (Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal epilepsy): described below in more detail.<br />

Other type <strong>of</strong> generalized seizures are the myoclonic, clonic <strong>and</strong> atonic ones.<br />

Tonic-clonic seizures<br />

A tonic-clonic (Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal) seizure normally lasts about 40 ; 90 sec <strong>and</strong> it is characterized<br />

by violent muscle contractions. An initial tonic phase with massive spasms<br />

(i.e. extreme muscular tension without movement) is supplanted some seconds later by<br />

the clonic phase with violent exor movements <strong>and</strong> characteristic rhythmic contractions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the entire body until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure (Niedermeyer, 1993c). During these<br />

seizures consciousness is impaired. Visual inspection <strong>of</strong> scalp recordings <strong>of</strong> these events<br />

is <strong>of</strong>ten troublesome because the signal is obscured by muscle artifacts (see g. 3). In<br />

most cases the <strong>analysis</strong> is conned to the interpretation <strong>of</strong> electrical abnormalities that<br />

either precede or follow the tonic-clonic activity, thus neglecting the ictal phase (see<br />

sec. x3.4). Therefore, since these seizures are very dicult to study with traditional<br />

approaches, there will be one <strong>of</strong> the main type <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> to be studied with the <strong>methods</strong><br />

described in the following chapters.<br />

1.2 Event related potentials (ERP)<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> activity is present in a spontaneous way or can be generated as a response to an<br />

external stimulation (e.g. tone or light ash) or internal stimulation (e.g. omission <strong>of</strong><br />

an expected stimulus). The alteration <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to these stimuli is called<br />

event related potential (ERP), in the case <strong>of</strong> external stimulation also called evoked<br />

potential (EP).<br />

Owing to the low amplitude <strong>of</strong> the ERPs in comparison with the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, it is<br />

a common practice to average several responses in order to visualize the evoked activity.<br />

The reason for averaging is that ERPs have a denite latent period determined from<br />

the stimulation time, <strong>and</strong> that they have a similar pattern <strong>of</strong> response which is more or<br />

less predictable under similar conditions (Basar, 1980).<br />

8


Figure 3: Scalp <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>of</strong> 18 channels during a Tonic-Clonic seizure. Note how the artifacts obscure the recording completely.<br />

Vertical lines show one second divisions.<br />

9


Modalities <strong>and</strong> paradigms<br />

There are mainly three modalities <strong>of</strong> stimulation (for more details see Regan, 1989):<br />

1. Auditory: stimuli are single tones <strong>of</strong> a determined <strong>frequency</strong>, or clicks with a<br />

broadb<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> distribution.<br />

2. Visual: stimuli are produced by a single light or by the reversal <strong>of</strong> a pattern as<br />

for example a checkerboard.<br />

3. Somatosensory: stimuli are elicited by electrical stimulation <strong>of</strong> peripheral nerves.<br />

The rst two modalities can be combined in what is called bimodal stimulation.<br />

Bimodal stimulation will be studied in sec. x4.6.<br />

Sequence <strong>of</strong> stimuli are arranged in paradigms in order to study the responses to<br />

dierent tasks. The most widely used paradigms are:<br />

1. No-task evoked potentials: subjects are relaxed <strong>and</strong> instructed to perceive the<br />

stimuli without performing any task.<br />

2. Oddball paradigm: two dierent stimuli are presented in a pseudor<strong>and</strong>om order.<br />

A frequent NON-TARGET stimulus is presented in 75% <strong>of</strong> the trials, <strong>and</strong> a deviant<br />

stimuli called TARGET in the remaining 25% <strong>of</strong> the trials. Subjects are instructed<br />

to pay attention to the appearance <strong>of</strong> the TARGET stimuli.<br />

Transient responses: description <strong>of</strong> P100 <strong>and</strong> P300 peaks.<br />

Responses can be classied in: 1) transient (occurring after the delivery <strong>of</strong> a shortlasting<br />

stimulus, with interstimulus intervals greater than the responses), 2) driven (generated<br />

with rapidly repeating stimuli), or 3) sustained (occurring throughout the duration<br />

<strong>of</strong> a continuous stimulus). In the following we will only study transient responses.<br />

As an example, gure 4 shows the averaged transient responses to pattern visual ERPs<br />

generated with an oddball paradigm. One second pre- <strong>and</strong> one second post-stimulation<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> recorded from the left occipital electrode are plotted. A positive peak at about<br />

100ms after stimulation (P100) can be observed upon NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET<br />

stimulation. Since this peak does not depend on the task, it has a relatively short<br />

latency (100ms) <strong>and</strong> it is best dened in the primary sensory visual cortex (occipital<br />

locations), it is mostly related with primary sensory processing (Regan, 1989). Another<br />

peak at about 450ms after stimulation (P300) appears only upon TARGET stimulation.<br />

Since this response is task dependent <strong>and</strong> has long latency, it is traditionally related to<br />

cognitive processes as signal matching, decision making, attention, memory updating,<br />

etc. (Polich <strong>and</strong> Kok, 1995 Regan, 1989 Basar-Eroglu et al., 1992).<br />

10


Figure 4: Averaged responses upon NON TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET stimuli <strong>of</strong> a left<br />

occipital electrode in pattern visual evoked potentials<br />

1.3 Relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP<br />

In contrast with the conventional view <strong>of</strong> ERPs as <strong>signals</strong> being added to the noisy<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>, Basar (1980) pointed out that ERPs might arise from the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> by means<br />

<strong>of</strong> a resonance process. Resonance is awell known phenomenon <strong>of</strong> physics: if a driving<br />

is applied to a system, for example a pendulum, the system will show very large <strong>and</strong><br />

increasing outputs if the driving <strong>frequency</strong> is similar to the natural <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

system (for a physical description see Feynman et al., 1964). Basar (1980) introduced<br />

the following concept for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP: In the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> several oscillations are occurring at the same time in a non-synchronized way, <strong>and</strong><br />

when a stimulus is applied, some <strong>of</strong> these frequencies can be enhanced by a resonance<br />

phenomenon. Furthermore, it was assumed that these dierent enhanced oscillations<br />

are related to transmitting information through the brain, having dierent \meanings"<br />

<strong>and</strong> \functions" (see sec. x2.3.3). According to a classication <strong>of</strong> Galambos (1992)<br />

event related oscillations can be evoked (originated by <strong>and</strong> time locked to the stimulus),<br />

induced (originated by, but not time locked to the stimulus) or emitted (originated by<br />

an internal process rather than by the stimulus).<br />

11


I will summarize here some <strong>of</strong> the experimental evidence supporting this view (for<br />

more details see Basar, 1980, 1998, 1999 Basar et al., 1999):<br />

1. In three year old children, neither spontaneous, nor evoked 10Hz activity is obtained<br />

(Kolev et al, 1994, Basar-Eroglu et al., 1994). Then, according to the<br />

resonance theory, in this case alpha rhythm does not belong to the natural brain<br />

frequencies. In other words, alpha oscillations can not be evoked because there is<br />

no spontaneous alpha activity.<br />

2. High amplitude pre-stimulus 10Hz activity reduces the evoked potential amplitudes<br />

(Basar, 1980 Basar <strong>and</strong> Stampfer, 1985 Basar et al., 1992), thus showing<br />

an inverse relation between the pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> the evoked responses. An<br />

inuence <strong>of</strong> pre-stimulus theta <strong>EEG</strong> was also reported on visual evoked potentials<br />

(Basar et al., 1998). Then, since the background <strong>EEG</strong> inuences the evoked<br />

responses, it can not be merely considered as additive noise.<br />

3. Converging results support the view that evoked or induced oscillations can be<br />

correlated, at least partially, with dierent functions, as it will be described in<br />

sec. x2.3.3, thus showing that the <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the evoked responses is not<br />

arbitrary.<br />

In conclusion, following the resonance theory, the ERP can be seen as evoked synchronization,<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> stabilization, <strong>frequency</strong> selective enhancement <strong>and</strong>/or phase reordering<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>and</strong> it should not be interpreted as an additive component<br />

to a noisy background <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

12


2 Fourier Transform<br />

2.1 Introduction<br />

<strong>Time</strong> <strong>signals</strong> can be represented in many dierent ways depending on the interest in<br />

visualizing certain given characteristics. Among these, the <strong>frequency</strong> representation is<br />

the most powerful <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard one. The main advantage over the time representation<br />

is that it allows a clear visualization <strong>of</strong> the periodicities <strong>of</strong> the signal, in many cases<br />

helping to underst<strong>and</strong> underlying physical phenomena. Frequency <strong>analysis</strong>, developed<br />

by Jean Baptiste Fourier (1768-1830), reached innumerable applications in mathematics,<br />

physics <strong>and</strong> natural sciences. Furthermore, the Fourier Transform is computationally<br />

very attractive since it can be calculated by using an extremely ecient algorithm called<br />

the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT Cooley <strong>and</strong> Tukey, 1965).<br />

This chapter starts with a brief mathematical background <strong>of</strong> Fourier Transform <strong>and</strong><br />

then, applications <strong>of</strong> Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> to <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> will be reviewed. Four main<br />

applications will be described: <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, topographical mapping,<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses <strong>and</strong> coherence.<br />

2.2 Theoretical background<br />

Under mild conditions, the Fourier Transform describes a signal x(t) (I will consider<br />

only real <strong>signals</strong>) as a linear superposition <strong>of</strong> sines <strong>and</strong> cosines characterized by their<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> f.<br />

where<br />

x(t) =<br />

X(f) =<br />

Z +1<br />

;1<br />

Z +1<br />

;1<br />

X(f) e i2ft df (1)<br />

x(t) e ;i2ft dt (2)<br />

are complex valued coecients that give the relative contribution <strong>of</strong> each <strong>frequency</strong> f.<br />

Equation 2 is the continuous Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> the signal x(t). It can be seen as an<br />

inner product <strong>of</strong> the signal x(t) with the complex sinusoidal mother functions e ;i2ft ,<br />

i.e.<br />

X(f) = (3)<br />

Its inverse transform is given by eq. 1 <strong>and</strong> since the mother functions e ;i2ft are<br />

orthogonal, the Fourier Transform is nonredundant <strong>and</strong> unique.<br />

Let us consider in the following that the signal consists <strong>of</strong> N discrete values, sampled<br />

every time .<br />

13


x(n) =fx 0 x 1 :::x N;1 g = fx j g (4)<br />

where x j is the measurement taken at a time t j = t 0 + j.<br />

The discrete Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> this signal is dened as:<br />

<strong>and</strong> its inverse as:<br />

X(k) =<br />

N;1<br />

X<br />

n=0<br />

x(n) e ;i2kn=N k =0:::N ; 1 (5)<br />

x(n) = 1 N<br />

N;1<br />

X<br />

k=0<br />

X(k) e i2kn=N (6)<br />

where, since we are considering real <strong>signals</strong>, the following relation holds: X(k) =X (N;<br />

k), <strong>and</strong> the discrete frequencies are dened as:<br />

f k =<br />

k<br />

(7)<br />

N<br />

Note that the discrete Fourier Transform gives N=2 independent complex coecients,<br />

thus giving a total <strong>of</strong> N values as in the original signal <strong>and</strong> therefore being nonredundant.<br />

Clearly, the<strong>frequency</strong> resolution will be<br />

f = 1<br />

N<br />

(8)<br />

Aliasing<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> f N = 1<br />

2 , corresponding to k = N 2<br />

in eq. 7, is called the Nyquist<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> it is the highest <strong>frequency</strong> that can be detected with a sampling period<br />

. If the signal x(n) has frequencies above the Nyquist <strong>frequency</strong>, these ones will be<br />

processed just as though they are in the range f k < f N , thus giving a spurious eect<br />

called aliasing (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968 Weaver, 1989). The greater this excess is, the<br />

greater the errors <strong>and</strong> the less adequate is the sampling rate for representing the signal.<br />

From the complex coecients <strong>of</strong> eq. 5, the periodogram 1 can be obtained as:<br />

1 Due to the high complexity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal, it will be convenient to consider it as a realization<br />

<strong>of</strong> a stochastic process (Lopes da Silva, 1993a Dummermuth <strong>and</strong> Molinari, 1987). However, it should<br />

be stressed that this is a mathematical <strong>and</strong> not a biophysical model. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, in section<br />

x5, the <strong>EEG</strong> will be considered as a realization <strong>of</strong> a non-linear deterministic \chaotic" system. The<br />

deterministic/stochastic nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> will be discussed in sections x5.7 <strong>and</strong> x7.1.3. Regarding the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> as a r<strong>and</strong>om signal, the periodograms can be interpreted as estimators <strong>of</strong> the power spectrum.<br />

14


I xx (k) =jX(k)j 2 = X(k) X (k) (9)<br />

where denotes complex conjugation. The sample cross spectrum can be similarly<br />

dened by making the product <strong>of</strong> eq. 9 between two time series x(n) <strong>and</strong>y(n) as follows<br />

I xy (k) =X(k) Y (k) (10)<br />

where X(k) <strong>and</strong> Y (k) are the Fourier Transforms <strong>of</strong> x(t) <strong>and</strong> y(t) respectively. The<br />

sample cross spectrum gives a measure <strong>of</strong> the linear correlation between two <strong>signals</strong> for<br />

the dierent frequencies f k , dened as in eq. 7. Since it is a complex measure, it can be<br />

described by an amplitude <strong>and</strong> a phase. A useful measure <strong>of</strong> the amplitude is obtained<br />

with its square value, normalized in the following way:<br />

; 2 xy(k) =<br />

jI xy (k)j 2<br />

I xx (k) I yy (k)<br />

(11)<br />

Equation 11 is known as the squared coherence function, <strong>and</strong> it will give values<br />

tending to 1 for highly linearly correlated <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> to 0 for non correlated ones.<br />

The counterpart <strong>of</strong> the coherence is the phase function, dened as<br />

= arctan ;=I xy(k)<br />


2.3.1 Frequency b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

Since <strong>EEG</strong> data is non-stationary <strong>and</strong> contains many artifacts, the rst step when<br />

making a Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> is to choose several representative data samples, generally <strong>of</strong><br />

1or2 seconds, free <strong>of</strong> artifacts (Nuwer et al., 1994).<br />

Before computing the Fourier Transforms, eachepochismultiplied by an appropriate<br />

windowing function (normally a Hanning window is used) in order to avoid border<br />

problems (leakage) (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968 Dumermuth <strong>and</strong> Molinari, 1987). Then,<br />

the periodograms <strong>of</strong> the epochs are computed <strong>and</strong> averaged.<br />

As stated in sec. x1.1.1,itisvery useful to group the frequencies in dierent b<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

Several quantitative parameters were dened from these <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, as for example<br />

the relative power between them (being the most used the alpha/theta ratio), reactivity<br />

(ratio between eyes closed/eyes open alpha activity), asymmetry index ( (left power -<br />

rightpower)/(left power + rightpower) ), etc. (Nuwer et al., 1994). Moreover, statistical<br />

techniques can be used in order to establish normal ranges <strong>and</strong> their deviation with<br />

several pathologies (John et al., 1987).<br />

2.3.2 Topographical mapping<br />

The information <strong>of</strong> the spectrograms <strong>of</strong> the dierent electrodes can be arranged in<br />

topographical maps (Gotman, 1990a Gevins, 1987 Lehmann, 1987 Lopes da Silva,<br />

1993a). Usually, these algorithms use linear or quadratic interpolations between the 3<br />

or 4 nearest recording sites. Since the use <strong>of</strong> single electrode references can distort the<br />

maps near the reference site (Lehmann 1971, 1987), one critical point in these plots is<br />

the election <strong>of</strong> the reference. Several suggestions were proposed in order to avoid this<br />

distortion, among them the use <strong>of</strong> averaged references <strong>and</strong> also the use <strong>of</strong> the average<br />

<strong>of</strong> derivatives <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> activity (Lehmann, 1987 Lopes da Silva, 1993b). One nal<br />

issue to be considered is how to project a three dimensional head into a two dimensional<br />

map.<br />

The use <strong>of</strong> topographic plots started more than 30 years ago by implementing different<br />

techniques (Walter et al., 1966 Lehman, 1971), but it was after the introduction<br />

<strong>of</strong> color topographic maps by Duy et al. (1979) that they became widely accepted,<br />

<strong>and</strong> started to be used in several medical centers with the appearance <strong>of</strong> commercial<br />

systems.<br />

With these plots is easy to visualize asymmetries <strong>and</strong> to localize <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong><br />

activities. Furthermore, the topographic maps complement the quantitative parameters<br />

described in the previous sections in the characterization <strong>of</strong> normality <strong>and</strong> in the study<br />

<strong>and</strong> diagnosis <strong>of</strong> several pathologies (Duy, 1986 Maurer <strong>and</strong> Dierks, 1991 Pfurtscheller<br />

16


17<br />

Figure 5: Topographical mapping <strong>of</strong> the dierent <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s from a normal <strong>EEG</strong> recording taken with eyes closed.


<strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva, 1988 Garcia <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga, 1998).<br />

Figure 5 shows the topographic mapping <strong>of</strong> an <strong>EEG</strong> recording <strong>of</strong> a normal subject<br />

with eyes closed. Five dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are plotted. As expected, the power<br />

is homogeneously distributed in all <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, except in alpha, where there is a<br />

simetrical increase in the posterior locations. This increase reects the presence <strong>of</strong> the<br />

normal spontaneous alpha activity described in section 1.1.1.<br />

2.3.3 Frequency <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked responses<br />

Considering the proposed relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> ERP described in section x1.3,<br />

the physiological functions <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s can be analyzed by studying their<br />

response to dierent types <strong>of</strong> stimulation. Basar (1980) described a combined <strong>analysis</strong><br />

procedure for achieving this goal. The procedure relies on the study <strong>of</strong> enhancements <strong>of</strong><br />

dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s as a response to stimulation. After a Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>frequency</strong> ranges are determined <strong>and</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are separated<br />

by using a selective ltering.<br />

details see Basar, 1980):<br />

I will summarize here some <strong>of</strong> these results (for more<br />

Delta enhancements were correlated with cognitive processes like signal matching<br />

or decision making by using auditory <strong>and</strong> visual oddball paradigms (Stampfer <strong>and</strong><br />

Basar, 1985 Basar-Eroglu et al., 1992 Schurmann et al., 1995 Demiralp et al.,<br />

1999).<br />

Theta enhancements were correlated with cognitive tasks like focused attention<br />

<strong>and</strong> signal detection by using omitted stimulus paradigms in free moving cats<br />

(Basar-Eroglu et al., 1991) <strong>and</strong> in humans (Demiralp <strong>and</strong> Basar, 1992).<br />

Alpha enhancements were correlated to primary sensory processing in several<br />

experiments using cross-modality stimulation in cats <strong>and</strong> humans (Basar, 1980<br />

Basar et al., 1992 Basar <strong>and</strong> Schurmann, 1996).<br />

Gamma enhancements were correlated with binding <strong>of</strong> features (Gray <strong>and</strong> Singer,<br />

1989 Gray et al., 1989) <strong>and</strong> they were suggested to be involved in several other<br />

sensory <strong>and</strong> cognitive processes (Basar-Eroglu et al., 1996a,b Schurmann et al.,<br />

1997).<br />

2.3.4 Coherence<br />

The coherence function gives a measure <strong>of</strong> the linear correlation between two <strong>EEG</strong><br />

electrodes. The main advantage over previous \cross-correlation" measures (see Gevins,<br />

18


1987) is that coherence gives the correlation as a function <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>, thus allowing the<br />

study <strong>of</strong> spatial correlations between dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. There is an extensive<br />

literature about the use <strong>of</strong> coherence in <strong>EEG</strong>s. This section will only show some examples<br />

<strong>and</strong> for a more complete review I suggest the work <strong>of</strong> Lopes da Silva (1993a).<br />

Lopes da Silva et al. (1973a) computed thalamo-cortical <strong>and</strong> cortico-cortical coherences<br />

for checking the validity <strong>of</strong> the assumption <strong>of</strong> a thalamic pacemaker <strong>of</strong> cortical<br />

alpha rhythms, as proposed by Andersen <strong>and</strong> Andersson (1968). They found that<br />

cortico-cortical coherences were higher than the thalamo-cortical ones, thus stressing<br />

the importance <strong>of</strong> cortical mechanisms in the spread <strong>of</strong> alpha rhythms, in disagreement<br />

with the thalamic pacemaker theory.<br />

Storm van Leeuwen et al. (1978) used coherence <strong>analysis</strong> for dierentiating alpha<br />

<strong>and</strong> murhythms. It is interesting to remark that since these frequencies are very similar,<br />

this is a very dicult task to achieve with normal spectrograms.<br />

Other interesting application <strong>of</strong> coherence is for the denition <strong>of</strong> characteristic \lengths<br />

<strong>of</strong> synchrony" between neuronal populations. This is achieved by establishing lengths<br />

with signicant coherence. Following this approach, after studying 189 children, Thatcher<br />

et al. (1986) proposed a \two-compartmental model" stating that two separate sources<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> coherences are present: the rst one determined by short length axonal connections<br />

<strong>and</strong> the second one by long distance connections.<br />

Bullock <strong>and</strong> coworkers (1989, 1995a, 1995b) criticize the use <strong>of</strong> scalp electrodes for<br />

measuring spatial structure <strong>of</strong> synchrony <strong>and</strong> they studied the spatial structure <strong>of</strong> coherence<br />

with intracranial electrodes. In contradiction with previous reports <strong>of</strong> population<br />

synchrony <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> several centimeters, they reported that coherence varied in<br />

the order <strong>of</strong> a few millimeters, thus showing a microstructure <strong>of</strong> the cell populations.<br />

Furthermore, due to this small range structure, they criticize the view <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> as a<br />

linear superposition <strong>of</strong> independent oscillators.<br />

Several attempts were performed in order to analyze epileptic seizures with coherence<br />

<strong>analysis</strong>. Gerch <strong>and</strong> Goddard (1970) used coherence for identifying the location <strong>of</strong> an<br />

epileptic focus in a cat brain. By seeing a signicant decrease <strong>of</strong> coherence between two<br />

channels after the subtraction <strong>of</strong> the eect <strong>of</strong> a third one (this method called partial<br />

coherence), they deduce that the third one was driving the other two, thus being the<br />

focus <strong>of</strong> the seizure.<br />

Brazier (1972), introduced the measurement <strong>of</strong> time delays between channels (see<br />

eq. 12) in order to follow routes <strong>of</strong> propagation <strong>and</strong> establish the origin <strong>of</strong> seizure activity.<br />

Gotman (1983, 1987) proposed a modication <strong>of</strong> this algorithm by calculating the time<br />

delay from the slope <strong>of</strong> a straight linettedto the phase spectrum when the coherence<br />

is signicant. He showed that time delays most <strong>of</strong>ten indicate a lead from the side <strong>of</strong><br />

19


onset in dierent type <strong>of</strong> seizures in animals <strong>and</strong> humans. However, a straight line is<br />

not always possible to t in the phase spectrum <strong>and</strong> coherence values are <strong>of</strong>ten very low<br />

in order to extract any meaningful measure from the phase spectrum.<br />

2.4 Conclusion<br />

In this chapter the basic background <strong>and</strong> several applications <strong>of</strong> Fourier Transform to<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> were described. One important application is the comparison between the<br />

power <strong>of</strong> dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> their topological distribution used to discriminate<br />

between normal subjects <strong>and</strong> pathological cases. This <strong>analysis</strong> is already adapted to<br />

many commercial systems <strong>and</strong> used in several medical centers. A word <strong>of</strong> caution<br />

should be mentioned at this point. Although quantitative parameters can be easily<br />

extracted from the <strong>EEG</strong> in an automated way, the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the recordings<br />

should not be left aside. This helps to avoid misinterpretations due to nonstationarity,<br />

artifacts or others. At this respect, topographic mapping <strong>and</strong> quantitative values should<br />

be considered as a complement <strong>and</strong> not as a replacement <strong>of</strong> the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>. Fourier Transform can be used for studying the functions <strong>and</strong> sources <strong>of</strong> dierent<br />

brain oscillations by analyzing <strong>EEG</strong>s or ERPs. Some examples <strong>of</strong> how the measure<br />

<strong>of</strong> coherence can lead to interesting physiological interpretations were also presented.<br />

Measures <strong>of</strong> connectivity or synchrony between neural populations can be established<br />

<strong>and</strong> tested in several states <strong>and</strong> pathologies. Since an epileptic seizure is an abnormal<br />

synchronization <strong>of</strong> cell groups, coherence appears as an ideal tool for measuring it.<br />

Several works tried to use time delays calculated from phase dierences as a method for<br />

source localization. However, the measure <strong>of</strong> time delays is dicult since it depends on<br />

having high coherence values, this being not the usual case.<br />

Despite <strong>of</strong> the fact that Fourier Transform proved to be very useful in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>,<br />

I would like to mention here two main disadvantages. First, Fourier Transform<br />

requires stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal, the <strong>EEG</strong>s being highly non-stationary. Second, with<br />

Fourier Transform the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns is lost. The <strong>methods</strong><br />

to be presented in the following sections are developed in order to overcome these two<br />

limitations.<br />

20


3 Gabor Transform (Short <strong>Time</strong> Fourier Transform)<br />

3.1 Introduction<br />

Since the Fourier Transform is based in comparing the signal with complex sinusoids that<br />

extend through the whole time domain, its main disadvantage is the lack <strong>of</strong> information<br />

about the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies. Then, if an alteration occurs at some time<br />

boundary, the whole Fourier spectrum will be aected, thus also needing the requirement<br />

<strong>of</strong> stationarity.<br />

In many occasions, <strong>signals</strong> have time varying features that can not be resolved with<br />

the Fourier Transform. A traditional example is a chirp signal (i.e. a signal characterized<br />

by awell dened but steadily rising <strong>frequency</strong>). In the case <strong>of</strong> a chirp, Fourier <strong>analysis</strong><br />

can not dene the instantaneous <strong>frequency</strong> because it integrates over the whole time,<br />

thus giving a broad <strong>frequency</strong> spectrum.<br />

This is partially resolved by using the Gabor Transform, also called Short-<strong>Time</strong><br />

Fourier Transform. With this approach, Fourier Transform is applied to time-evolving<br />

windows <strong>of</strong> a few seconds <strong>of</strong> data smoothed with an appropriate function (Cohen, 1995<br />

Chui, 1992 Qian <strong>and</strong> Chen, 1996). Then, the evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies can be<br />

followed <strong>and</strong> the stationarity requirement is partially satised by considering the <strong>signals</strong><br />

to be stationary in the order <strong>of</strong> the window length (Lopes da Silva, 1993a). In other<br />

words, the procedure consists in breaking the signal in small time segments <strong>and</strong> then in<br />

applying a Fourier Transform to the successive segments.<br />

One application <strong>of</strong> Gabor Transform is to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> Tonic-Clonic (Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal)<br />

seizures (see sec. x1.1.2). As we will see in this chapter, these seizures have interesting<br />

time evolving <strong>frequency</strong> characteristics that can not be resolved with <strong>methods</strong> suchasthe<br />

visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> or the Fourier Transform (Quian Quiroga et al., 1997b<br />

Blanco et al., 1998b). Moreover, since it is dicult to extract any information from<br />

the traditional time-<strong>frequency</strong> graphic representation <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, called<br />

spectrogram, I will introduce three parameters, the relative intensity ratio <strong>and</strong> the mean<br />

<strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies, dened from the Gabor Transform, in order to obtain<br />

quantitative measures <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures.<br />

After a brief theoretical outline, I will describe two dierent type <strong>of</strong> applications.<br />

First, the application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures (Quian Quiroga et al.,<br />

1997b) <strong>and</strong> second, the application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures (Blanco<br />

et al., 1995b,1996a).<br />

21


3.2 Theoretical background<br />

The Gabor transform <strong>of</strong> a signal x(t) is dened as follows:<br />

G D (f t) =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

x(t 0 ) g D(t 0 ; t) e ;i2ft0 dt 0 (14)<br />

where denotes complex conjugation. Note that G D (f t) is the same as the Fourier<br />

Transform (eq. 2) but with the introduction <strong>of</strong> the window g D(t 0 ; t) <strong>of</strong> wide D <strong>and</strong><br />

center in t. Furthermore, in analogy with the Fourier Transform, the Gabor Transform<br />

can be considered as an inner product between the signal <strong>and</strong> the complex sinusoidal<br />

functions e ;i2ft0<br />

modulated by the window g D (compare with eq. 3), i.e.<br />

G D (f t) = (15)<br />

The window function g D is introduced in order to localize the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong><br />

the signal at time t. For this reason, the window function mustbepeaked around t <strong>and</strong><br />

falling o rapidly, thus emphasizing the signal in the rst case <strong>and</strong> suppressing it for<br />

distant times. Several window functions can be used for achieving this, among them,<br />

Gabor (1946) proposed the use <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian function:<br />

g (t) =<br />

<br />

1=4<br />

e<br />

;<br />

2 t2 (16)<br />

Since the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian is again a Gaussian, this function allows a<br />

simultaneous localization in time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> (see appendix xA). It should be noted<br />

that the Gaussian is described in function <strong>of</strong> a positive constant <strong>and</strong> the window<br />

function in eq. 14 was dened in function <strong>of</strong> the window length D. This is because<br />

Gaussian functions do not have compact support (i.e. they are not 0 outside a certain<br />

boundary). However, they approach asymptotically to 0 with a rate determined by<br />

the parameter . In consequence, the Gaussian function can be truncated to have a<br />

length D, by assuming that in the borders their values are nearly 0 due to the use <strong>of</strong> a<br />

reasonable decay . Then, in the case <strong>of</strong> Gaussian windows the Gabor Transform can<br />

be explicitly dened as a function <strong>of</strong> the parameter <br />

G D (f t) ! G D(f t) (17)<br />

Let us return now to the general case <strong>of</strong> any arbitrary window function <strong>and</strong> consider<br />

the inverse transformation. Taking the inverse Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> eq. 14 <strong>and</strong> after<br />

some algebraic manipulation we obtain:<br />

x(t) = 1<br />

k g D k<br />

Z 1 Z 1<br />

;1<br />

;1<br />

G D (f t 0 ) g D (t ; t 0 ) e i2ft df dt 0 (18)<br />

22


where k g D k= R 1<br />

;1 jg D(t 0 )j 2 dt 0 . Eq. 18 is the inverse Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> implies that<br />

the original signal can be completely reconstructed from the coecients G D (f t).<br />

Gabor Transform is highly redundant because it gives a time-<strong>frequency</strong> map from<br />

every time value <strong>of</strong> the original signal. In order to decrease redundancy, asampled Gabor<br />

Transform can be dened by taking discrete values <strong>of</strong> time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>, i.e.:<br />

G D (f t) ! G D (mF nT ) (19)<br />

where F <strong>and</strong> T represent the <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> time sampling steps. Small F steps are<br />

obtained by using large windows, <strong>and</strong> small T steps are obtained by using high overlapping<br />

between successive windows. Depending on the resolution required, a proper<br />

choice <strong>of</strong> F <strong>and</strong> T will decrease the redundancy <strong>and</strong> save computational time, but the<br />

price to pay is that the reconstruction will be no longer straightforward as with eq. 18<br />

(Qian <strong>and</strong> Chen, 1996).<br />

In the following, for convenience I will keep the notation <strong>of</strong> the continuous Gabor<br />

Transform dened in eq. 14. The spectrum can be dened as<br />

I(f t) =jG D (f t)j 2 = G D(f t) G D (f t) (20)<br />

<strong>and</strong> a time-<strong>frequency</strong> representation <strong>of</strong> the signal can be obtained by using a recursive<br />

algorithm that slides the time window <strong>and</strong> plots the energy (I) as a function <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>and</strong> time. These plots, called spectrograms (see g. 8), give an elegant visual<br />

description <strong>of</strong> the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the dierent frequencies, but it is dicult to extract<br />

from them any quantitative measure.<br />

In order to quantify this information, I will dene the b<strong>and</strong> power spectral intensity<br />

for each one <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> traditional <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s i (i = :::) as:<br />

I (i) (t) =<br />

Z f<br />

(i) max<br />

f (i) min<br />

I(f t) df i = ::: (21)<br />

where ( f (i) min f (i) max ) are the <strong>frequency</strong> limits for the b<strong>and</strong> i. The division <strong>and</strong> grouping<br />

<strong>of</strong> the spectrum in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s is not arbitrary, since as showed in section x1.1.1<br />

<strong>and</strong> section x2.3.3, <strong>EEG</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are correlated with dierent sources <strong>and</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

brain.<br />

Obviously the total power spectral intensity will be<br />

I T (t) = X i<br />

I (i) (t) i = ::: (22)<br />

<strong>and</strong> we can dene the b<strong>and</strong> relative intensity ratio (RIR) foreach <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong> i as<br />

23


Figure 6: Procedure for calculating the Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> the RIR.<br />

RIR (i) (t) = I (i) (t)<br />

I T (t)<br />

100 (23)<br />

Figure 6 illustrates the iterative procedure for calculating the RIR. First, a window<br />

centered in a time T 1 is applied to the data (step A) <strong>and</strong> the Gabor Transform <strong>of</strong> this<br />

windowed data is calculated by using eq. 14 (step B). Then, the RIR is calculated <strong>and</strong><br />

plotted (step C). Finally, the window is displaced a xed time <strong>and</strong> the procedure is<br />

repeated, obtaining a time representation <strong>of</strong> the RIR.<br />

For further quantitative <strong>analysis</strong>, we dene the b<strong>and</strong> mean weight <strong>frequency</strong> as<br />

=<br />

h Z f<br />

(i) max<br />

f (i) min<br />

24<br />

I(f t) f df<br />

i<br />

=I (i) (t) (24)


<strong>and</strong> the b<strong>and</strong> maximum peak <strong>frequency</strong> (f (i)<br />

M (t)) <strong>of</strong> the i-b<strong>and</strong>, as the <strong>frequency</strong> value for<br />

which I(f t) is maximum in the interval ( f (i) min f (i) max )ata time t, i.e.<br />

I(f M t) >I(f t)<br />

8 f 6= f M (f (i)<br />

min f(i) max) (25)<br />

Uncertainty Principle<br />

One critical limitation appears when windowing the data due to the Uncertainty<br />

Principle (Cohen, 1995 Chui, 1992 Qian <strong>and</strong> Chen, 1996 Kaiser, 1994). If the window<br />

is too narrow, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution will be poor, <strong>and</strong> if the window is to wide, the<br />

time localization will be not so precise. Or in another words, sharp localizations in<br />

time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> are mutually exclusive because a <strong>frequency</strong> can not be calculated<br />

instantaneously. If we denote by t the time uncertainty (time duration) <strong>and</strong> by f the<br />

uncertainty in the frequencies (<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>width), in the case <strong>of</strong> normalized <strong>signals</strong><br />

the Uncertainty Principle can be expressed as follows (see appendix xA for a pro<strong>of</strong>):<br />

t f 1<br />

(26)<br />

4<br />

This limitation becomes important when the signal has transient components localized<br />

in time as in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s or ERPs. Gabor (1946) suggested a Gaussian<br />

function as the smoothing function, owing to its good localization in time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>.<br />

In fact, with a Gaussian function eq. 64 is an equality <strong>and</strong> furthermore, the equality also<br />

holds for the mother function <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, g D e i2ft (see appendix xA).<br />

3.3 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

3.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

Seizure <strong>EEG</strong> recordings were obtained from a 21 years old male patient. A nine hours<br />

recording was performed with 12 depth electrodes ( each electrode having 5 to 15 contacts<br />

) placed in the epileptogenic zone <strong>and</strong> propagating brain areas. Each signal was<br />

amplied <strong>and</strong> ltered using a 1;40Hz b<strong>and</strong>-pass lter. A 4 pole Butterworth lter was<br />

used as low-pass lter <strong>and</strong> as an anti-aliasing scheme. After 10 bits A/D conversion the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> data was written continuously onto a hard drive with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong> 256Hz<br />

per channel. Selected data sets <strong>of</strong> ictal <strong>and</strong> interictal activity were stored for subsequent<br />

o-line <strong>analysis</strong>. We established the necessary <strong>frequency</strong> resolution in f = 0:25Hz<br />

in order to have enough <strong>frequency</strong> values for calculating the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong><br />

frequencies <strong>and</strong> the time resolution was set to t = 0:25sec. This was done by using<br />

a Gaussian window <strong>of</strong> D = 4sec width 2 with slide displacement steps <strong>of</strong> 0:25sec. The<br />

2 from eq. 8, f = 1 = 1<br />

= 1 Hz =0:25Hz<br />

N 4256Hz(1=256Hz) 4<br />

25


decay constant <strong>of</strong> the Gaussian was set to = 2=D 2 (see eq. 16), what makes their<br />

values at the borders less than 5% than the ones <strong>of</strong> the peak, thus avoiding leakage<br />

problems 3 . Finally, the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong> limits were dened in the following way: delta<br />

(0:5 ; 3:5Hz), theta (3:5 ; 7:5Hz), alpha (7:5 ; 12:5Hz ), beta-1 (12:5 ; 18Hz) <strong>and</strong><br />

beta-2 (18 ; 30Hz).<br />

3.3.2 Results<br />

Figure 7 shows 64 sec. <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal corresponding to one depth electrode in the left<br />

hippocampus. The epileptic seizure starts about second 10, <strong>and</strong> nishes about second<br />

54.<br />

The spectrogram corresponding to the previous <strong>EEG</strong> recording is shown in g. 8.<br />

We canobserve from this plot that after second 10, when the seizure starts, there is an<br />

increase <strong>of</strong> the frequencies between 5 ; 20Hz, in agreement with what it can be seen<br />

by visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Furthermore, there is an abrupt increase <strong>of</strong> the low<br />

frequencies (less than 3Hz) in the post-seizure stage, clearly correlated with the slow<br />

oscillations dominating the last part <strong>of</strong> the recording in g. 7. Although this plot gives a<br />

very elegant representation <strong>of</strong> the signal, it is dicult to extract more information from<br />

it.<br />

Figure 9 shows the relative intensity ratio (RIR), corresponding to the same <strong>EEG</strong><br />

recording. Looking at the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the RIR a good agreement with the signal<br />

morphology can be also established, but in this case the evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

can be followed with more detail.<br />

The main feature seen in this plot is a clear decrease <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> during the<br />

seizure, with a dominance <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> some contribution <strong>of</strong> theta. In this case, higher<br />

frequencies ( 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 ) do not give an important contribution during the seizure.<br />

In gure 10 we show the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the mean <strong>and</strong> the maximum <strong>frequency</strong><br />

(f (i)<br />

M (t) <strong>and</strong> see eq. 24 <strong>and</strong> eq. 25) for the dierent b<strong>and</strong>s considered in this<br />

work.<br />

The most interesting result is the similarity between the mean <strong>and</strong> the maximum<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> in the delta b<strong>and</strong> between seconds 28 <strong>and</strong> 40. This reects the presence <strong>of</strong> a<br />

well dened peak in this b<strong>and</strong>, although, as seen in g. 12 its intensity at this time is<br />

relatively low.<br />

3 for simplicity the normalization constant ; <br />

1=4 <strong>of</strong> eq. 16 was arbitrarily set to 1.<br />

<br />

26


Figure 7: Intracraneal seizure recording. Seizure starts at about second 10 <strong>and</strong> ends at<br />

about second 54.<br />

27


Figure 8: Spectrogram <strong>of</strong> the previous <strong>EEG</strong> recording.<br />

Figure 9: RIR <strong>of</strong> the previous seizure recording.<br />

28


Figure 10: Mean (s<strong>of</strong>t line) <strong>and</strong> maximum (line with breaks) b<strong>and</strong> frequencies corresponding<br />

to the same seizure recording.<br />

29


3.3.3 Discussion<br />

The RIR <strong>and</strong> the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies give quantitative information<br />

dicult to obtain from the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> recording or from the spectrogram.<br />

Moreover, with the RIR the evolution <strong>of</strong> the dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s can be<br />

followed accurately.<br />

The evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s can be more interesting than the following<br />

<strong>of</strong> single peaks, since the rst ones can be related with processes <strong>and</strong> sources <strong>of</strong> the<br />

brain, as described in sec. x1.1.1. Moreover, the access to quantitative values allows<br />

the statistical study <strong>of</strong> interesting features with a large sample <strong>of</strong> seizures, as it will be<br />

shown in sec. x3.4.<br />

The main result was that during the seizure there was an abrupt decrease <strong>of</strong> delta<br />

activity until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure when it raised up again. The seizure was mostly<br />

dominated by alpha oscillations, result that will be statistically veried in sec. x3.4 with<br />

the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> several scalp seizure recordings.<br />

Although during the seizure delta activity did not reach high amplitudes in comparison<br />

with the ones <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta, it was the only one who showed a signicant<br />

similarity between the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum frequencies, thus showing the presence <strong>of</strong> a<br />

well dened peak. It can be conjectured that during the seizure delta oscillations act as<br />

a latent pacemaker obscured by the higher amplitude <strong>of</strong> the alpha <strong>and</strong> theta ones, until<br />

the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure when it recruits more cell assemblies <strong>and</strong> completely dominates.<br />

3.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

3.4.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

Subjects <strong>and</strong> data recording<br />

Twenty tonic-clonic seizures from eight epileptic patients were analyzed. Scalp electrodes<br />

with linked earlobes references were applied following the 10 ; 20 international<br />

system (see sec. x1.1).<br />

Each signal was digitized at 409:6Hz through a 12 bit A/D converter <strong>and</strong> ltered<br />

with an \antialiasing" eight pole lowpass Bessel lter, with a cuto <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 50 Hz.<br />

Then, the signal was digitally ltered with a 1;50Hz b<strong>and</strong>width lter <strong>and</strong> stored, after<br />

decimation, at 102:4Hz inaPChard drive.<br />

Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> data processing<br />

Analysis for each event included one minute <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> before the seizure onset <strong>and</strong> two<br />

minutes containing the ictal <strong>and</strong> post-ictal phases. All 3 minutes were analyzed from<br />

the right central (C4) electrode, choosing this electrode after visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the<br />

30


<strong>EEG</strong> as the one with least amount <strong>of</strong> artifacts.<br />

The RIR was calculated as described in g. 6 by applying a Gaussian window with a<br />

width <strong>of</strong> D =2:5sec: <strong>and</strong> slide displacement steps <strong>of</strong> 1:25sec: (half-overlapping windows).<br />

The selection <strong>of</strong> D = 2:5sec: allows a <strong>frequency</strong> resolution f = 0:4Hz, which was<br />

considered enough for obtaining a good measure <strong>of</strong> the RIR. The constant <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Gaussian function (see eq. 16) was set as in section x3.3.1. Traditional <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

were set to 1 ; 3:5, 3:5 ; 7:5, <strong>and</strong> 7:5 ; 12:5Hz respectively. Given that beta 1 <strong>and</strong> beta<br />

2 are closely related to muscle artifact those b<strong>and</strong>s were excluded from the <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

Plateau criteria<br />

Clear decrements in delta activity were seen during the seizures. In order to quantify<br />

this observation, the mean relative intensity ratio (MRIR) for the delta b<strong>and</strong> was<br />

calculated in the pre-ictal phase <strong>and</strong> compared with the value in the low intensity zones<br />

(plateaus) observed during the seizure. Pre-ictal MRIR was dened as the mean value<br />

<strong>of</strong> the RIR in the minute before the seizure, discarding those areas contaminated by<br />

artifacts (dened by visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>). In the ictal phase, plateaus were<br />

dened according to the following criteria:<br />

1. Plateaus must last at least 10sec in order to avoid local variations<br />

2. MRIR(ictal) < 0:3 MRIR(pre ; ictal) <strong>and</strong><br />

3. St<strong>and</strong>ard error <strong>of</strong> the plateau MRIR (SEM) must be less than 1toconrm low<br />

variance.<br />

Although the choice <strong>of</strong> these criteria is arbitrary, no plateaus were identied in the<br />

pre-ictal phase, strongly indicating that the appearance <strong>of</strong> a plateau in the ictal phase<br />

reects a dynamical change rather than a statistical phenomenon.<br />

3.4.2 Results<br />

As an example <strong>of</strong> the <strong>analysis</strong> performed I will describe the results <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> the seizures<br />

<strong>and</strong> then I will summarize the global ndings.<br />

Figure 11 discloses three minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> data <strong>of</strong> one typical seizure <strong>and</strong> the RIR<br />

<strong>of</strong> this signal is shown in gure 12. Pre-ictal phase is characterized by asignal<strong>of</strong>50V<br />

amplitude with a dominance <strong>of</strong> delta rhythms (pre-ictal delta MRIR 50%). Seizure<br />

starts at second 80 (marked with an S in both graphs) with a discharge <strong>of</strong> slow waves<br />

superposed by fast ones with lower amplitude. This discharge lasts approximately 8<br />

seconds, has a mean amplitude <strong>of</strong> 100V , <strong>and</strong>, as seen in gure 12, produces a marked<br />

rise in delta b<strong>and</strong>, which reaches 90% <strong>of</strong> the RIR. Afterwards, seizure spreads making<br />

31


the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> more complicated due to muscle artifacts however, it is possible<br />

to establish the beginning <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase at around second 123 <strong>and</strong> the end <strong>of</strong> the<br />

seizure at second 155 (marked with an E in both graphs) where there is an abrupt decay<br />

<strong>of</strong> the signal.<br />

Although it is dicult to extract any information from the <strong>EEG</strong> during the seizure,<br />

in gure 12 we can follow its <strong>frequency</strong> pattern. From second 90, delta activity decreases<br />

abruptly to values lower than 10% <strong>of</strong> the RIR, <strong>and</strong> theta <strong>and</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong>s alternatively<br />

dominate. We also observe that the starting <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase is correlated with a<br />

rise <strong>of</strong> theta frequencies <strong>and</strong> after second 140, when clonic discharges became more<br />

separated, delta activity rises up again until the end <strong>of</strong> the seizure, also maintaining<br />

this behavior in the post-ictal phase.<br />

We can conclude from this example that the seizure was dominated by alpha <strong>and</strong><br />

theta rhythms with a corresponding abrupt decrease <strong>of</strong> delta activity. By applying<br />

the criteria explained in the previous section, a plateau <strong>of</strong> delta decrement was dened<br />

between seconds 99 <strong>and</strong> 138, lasting 39 seconds, having very low variance (0.14) <strong>and</strong><br />

also having a very low ictal to pre-ictal delta MRIR (2%).<br />

Considering the whole group, a stereotyped pattern was identied in 14=20 (70%) <strong>of</strong><br />

the seizures. This pattern was characterized by a signicant reduction in delta activity<br />

during the seizures, implying that they were dominated by theta <strong>and</strong> alpha rhythms<br />

until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure when delta activity started to rise again.<br />

One critical point in our results is the possible distortion due to spatial propagation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizure, duetothefactthat data <strong>of</strong> C4 electrodes was analyzed, <strong>and</strong> the sources<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizures were mostly in temporal locations. In order to overcome this, Gabor<br />

Transform was also applied to T3 <strong>and</strong> T4 electrodes, obtaining similar results to the<br />

ones reported with C4 electrodes.<br />

3.4.3 Discussion<br />

The most robust nding is that in 70% <strong>of</strong> the seizures a signicant reduction in delta<br />

activity was observed by applying the plateau criteria. This was usually seen at the<br />

beginning <strong>of</strong> the seizure, thus emphasizing the dominance <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

during the initial phases <strong>of</strong> a tonic-clonic seizure. This result is in agreement with our<br />

previous observations using Gabor Transform to analyze ictal patterns recorded with<br />

depth electrodes (Blanco et al., 1995b, 1996a, 1996b, 1997). Although the selection <strong>of</strong><br />

the plateau criteria might have inuenced these results, slight changes in the denition<br />

<strong>of</strong> the plateau showed no signicant variations. Also, results do not depend on the<br />

patient studied, <strong>and</strong> owing to the great variation in age, antiepileptic drugs, <strong>and</strong> source<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizure between patients, we can conclude that the results are not dependent on<br />

32


Figure 11: Scalp <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>of</strong> the right central channel during a Tonic-Clonic seizure<br />

Figure 12: RIR corresponding to the previous seizure<br />

33


these factors.<br />

A rise in delta activity was observed towards the end <strong>of</strong> the seizures. This pattern<br />

was also seen with depth recordings, thus making unlikely the possibility <strong>of</strong> being generated<br />

by artifacts. Neuronal fatigue, decrement in neuronal ring <strong>and</strong> preponderance <strong>of</strong><br />

inhibitory mechanisms are critical factors in the mechanisms underlying this observation<br />

which prompts further research.<br />

These results were obtained by avoiding muscle artifacts with Gabor Transform, thus<br />

supporting their utility for the evaluation <strong>of</strong> tonic-clonic seizures, something dicult to<br />

assess in scalp recorded <strong>EEG</strong>s. As Niedermeyer (1993c) pointed out:<br />

\Muscle activity rapidly obscures the recording the vertex deviation, however,<br />

may remain artifact-free due to the lack <strong>of</strong> underlying muscles. Informative<br />

Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal recordings can be secured only from patients with muscle<br />

relaxation from curarization 4 <strong>and</strong> articial respiration".<br />

Gotman et al. (1981) avoid this problem by the use <strong>of</strong> lters. However, he pointed<br />

out that ltering the signal has several disadvantages. On the one h<strong>and</strong> it is impossible<br />

to separate brain <strong>and</strong> muscle activity in the <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>and</strong> further, it is well known<br />

that ltering high frequencies also aects the morphology <strong>of</strong> the low ones. Gastaut <strong>and</strong><br />

Broughton (1972) instead, described a <strong>frequency</strong> pattern during a tonic-clonic seizure<br />

<strong>of</strong> a curarizated patient. In the rst seconds after the seizure onset, they found an<br />

epileptic \recruiting rhythm" <strong>of</strong> 10Hz associated with the tonic phase that lasted approximately<br />

10 seconds later, as the seizure ended, there was a progressive increase <strong>of</strong><br />

the lower frequencies (5 ; 6Hz) associated with the clonic phase. Our ndings were<br />

similar to the ones highlighted by Gastaut <strong>and</strong> Broughton, but recruiting rhythms were<br />

observed to be also in the theta range or, as seen in most cases, uctuating between<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> theta. Darcey <strong>and</strong> Williamson (1985) also obtained similar patterns by analyzing<br />

seizures recorded with depth electrodes. They reported an activity characterized<br />

by 10Hz at the onset <strong>of</strong> the seizure, <strong>frequency</strong> that declined as the seizure ended. The<br />

results presented here diers from these previous attempts in that a quantication <strong>of</strong><br />

the Gabor Transform was performed with the RIR, thus allowing the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> content <strong>of</strong> the seizure. One important point to note is that these results were<br />

obtained with scalp recordings <strong>and</strong> without the need for curare or any ltering method.<br />

4 Curare is a drug that blocks neuromuscular transmission, thus inhibiting the muscular artifacts<br />

characteristic <strong>of</strong> the Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures<br />

34


3.5 Conclusion<br />

In this chapter I described the use <strong>of</strong> quantitative parameters dened from the Gabor<br />

Transform applied to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. These parameters give an accurate<br />

description <strong>of</strong> the time evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> rhythms, something dicult to perform from<br />

the spectrograms. Spectrograms are more suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> long recordings<br />

in which only large scale variations, <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> minutes or hours, are relevant (see<br />

examples <strong>of</strong> spectrogram <strong>analysis</strong> in Lopes da Silva, 1993b Gotman, 1990a). In this<br />

context, spectrograms are for example very useful for discriminating between dierent<br />

sleep stages, due to the slow variation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns. However, as showed in<br />

sec. x3.3.2, spectrograms are not so suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> epileptic seizures, in which<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> patterns change in the order <strong>of</strong> seconds.<br />

On the other h<strong>and</strong>, the quantication by means <strong>of</strong> the RIR allowed the performance<br />

<strong>of</strong> a statistical <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> content <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, by studying 20<br />

scalp seizure recordings. This <strong>analysis</strong> showed marked decreases <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> during<br />

the seizure due to the dominance <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong> at this stage. Since intracranial<br />

recordings are nearly free <strong>of</strong> artifacts, the fact that the same pattern was seen in both<br />

situations reinforces the idea that the results obtained with scalp electrodes were not<br />

an spurious eect <strong>of</strong> muscle activity, or<strong>of</strong>the procedure achieved for their elimination.<br />

The introduction <strong>of</strong> the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies allowed the study <strong>of</strong><br />

the time evolution <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> patterns within each <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>. It is interesting<br />

to note that with this <strong>analysis</strong> it was possible to establish the presence <strong>of</strong> a well dened<br />

delta oscillation during the seizure, in spite <strong>of</strong> the fact that its energy was very low <strong>and</strong><br />

remained latent until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure, when it reached very high amplitudes<br />

<strong>and</strong> dominated the <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

Other interesting point to note is that although the grouping in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s<br />

implies a loose <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> resolution, it can be more useful than the study <strong>of</strong> single<br />

frequencies or peaks, due to the relations between <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> functions or<br />

sources <strong>of</strong> the brain.<br />

The use <strong>of</strong> the present time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>, together with the clinical patient<br />

history <strong>and</strong> the visual assessment <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, can contribute to the identication <strong>of</strong> the<br />

source <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures <strong>and</strong> to a better underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> its dynamic.<br />

Certainly, Gabor Transform is not intended to replace conventional <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>,<br />

but rather to complement it <strong>and</strong> also to provide further insights into the underlying<br />

mechanisms <strong>of</strong> ictal patterns. In this context, RIR allows a fast interpretation <strong>of</strong> several<br />

minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> variations in a single display, something dicult to perform with<br />

traditional scalp <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

35


4 Wavelet Transform<br />

4.1 Introduction<br />

Fourier Transform consists in making a correlation between the signal to be analyzed<br />

<strong>and</strong> complex sinusoids <strong>of</strong> dierent frequencies (see upper part <strong>of</strong> g. 13). As stated in<br />

chapter x2, Fourier Transform gives no information about time <strong>and</strong> requires stationarity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the signal. By \windowing" the complex sinusoidal mother functions <strong>of</strong> the Fourier<br />

Transform, a time evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies can be obtained just sliding the windows<br />

throughout the signal. This procedure, called the Gabor Transform, consists in correlating<br />

the original signal with modulated complex sinusoids as showed in the middle part <strong>of</strong><br />

g. 13 (for details see section x3.2). Gabor Transform gives an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

representation, but one critical limitation appears when windowing the data due to the<br />

Uncertainty Principle (see x3.2 <strong>and</strong> xA Cohen, 1995 Strang <strong>and</strong> Nguyen, 1996 Chui,<br />

1992). If the window is too narrow, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution will be poor, <strong>and</strong> if the<br />

window is too wide, the time localization will be not so precise. Data involving slow<br />

processes will require wide windows <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong>, for data with fast transients<br />

(high <strong>frequency</strong> components) a narrow window will be more suitable. Then, owing to<br />

its xed window size, Gabor Transform is not suitable for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> involving<br />

dierent range <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

Grossmann <strong>and</strong> Morlet (1984) introduced the Wavelet Transform in order to overcome<br />

this problem. The main advantage <strong>of</strong> wavelets is that they have avarying window<br />

size, being wide for slow frequencies <strong>and</strong> narrow for the fast ones (see lower part <strong>of</strong><br />

g. 13), thus leading to an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution in all the <strong>frequency</strong> ranges<br />

(Chui, 1992 Strang <strong>and</strong> Nguyen, 1996 Mallat, 1989). Furthermore, owing to the fact<br />

that windows are adapted to the transients <strong>of</strong> each scale, wavelets lack <strong>of</strong> the requirement<br />

<strong>of</strong> stationarity.<br />

This chapter starts with a brief theoretical background <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform.<br />

Details <strong>of</strong> a straightforward implementation called the multiresolution <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> an<br />

alternative decomposition <strong>of</strong> time <strong>signals</strong> called the Wavelet Packets <strong>analysis</strong> will be<br />

given. In section x4.4, I will show the results obtained by applying trigonometric wavelet<br />

packets (Serrano, 1996) to the study <strong>of</strong> tonic-clonic seizures (Blanco et al., 1998a). In<br />

sections x4.5 <strong>and</strong> x4.6, I will analyze two dierent types <strong>of</strong> event related potentials. By<br />

using the multiresolution decomposition method, in the rst case I will study the alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong> responses (Quian Quiroga <strong>and</strong> Schurmann, 1998, 1999) <strong>and</strong> in the second case the<br />

ones corresponding to the gamma b<strong>and</strong> (Sakowicz et al., 1999). Finally, I will discuss<br />

advantages <strong>of</strong> Wavelets in the study <strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

36


Original signal<br />

FOURIER TRANSFORM<br />

GABOR TRANSFORM<br />

WAVELET TRANSFORM<br />

Figure 13: Frequency <strong>and</strong> time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong>. Fourier Transform is obtained by<br />

correlating the original signal with complex sinusoids <strong>of</strong> dierent frequencies (upper<br />

part). In Gabor Transform, the signal is correlated with modulated sinusoidal functions<br />

that slides upon the time axis, thus giving a time-<strong>frequency</strong> representation (middle<br />

part). Wavelets give an alternative time-scale representation but due to their varying<br />

window size, a better resolution for each scale is achieved (bottom part). Furthermore,<br />

the function to be correlated with the original signal can be chosen depending on the<br />

application (e.g. in the graph quadratic B-Splines wavelets are shown).<br />

37


4.2 Theoretical Background<br />

4.2.1 Continuous Wavelet Transform<br />

A wavelet family ab is a set <strong>of</strong> elemental functions generated by dilations <strong>and</strong> translations<br />

<strong>of</strong> a unique admissible mother wavelet (t):<br />

ab(t) = jaj ;1=2<br />

t ; b<br />

where a b 2 R, a 6= 0 are the scale <strong>and</strong> translation parameters respectively.<br />

a<br />

<br />

(27)<br />

As a<br />

increases the wavelet becomes more narrow <strong>and</strong> by varying b, the mother wavelet is<br />

displaced in time. Thus, the wavelet family gives a unique pattern <strong>and</strong> its replicas at<br />

dierent scales <strong>and</strong> with variable localization in time.<br />

The continuous wavelet transform <strong>of</strong> a signal X(t) 2 L 2 (R) (nite energy <strong>signals</strong>) is<br />

dened as the correlation between the signal <strong>and</strong> the wavelet functions ab , i.e.<br />

(W X)(a b) = jaj ;1=2 Z 1<br />

;1<br />

X(t) ( t ; b<br />

a ) dt = < X(t) ab > (28)<br />

where denotes complex conjugation. Then, the dierent correlations<br />

< X(t) ab > indicates how precisely the wavelet function locally ts the signal at<br />

every scale a. Since the correlation is made with dierent scales <strong>of</strong> a single function,<br />

instead <strong>of</strong> with complex sinusoids characterized by their frequencies, wavelets give a<br />

time-scale representation.<br />

4.2.2 Dyadic Wavelet Transform<br />

The continuous Wavelet Transform maps a signal <strong>of</strong> one independent variable t onto<br />

a function <strong>of</strong> two independent variables a b. This procedure is redundant <strong>and</strong> not<br />

ecient for algorithm implementations. In consequence, it is more practical to dene<br />

the Wavelet Transform only at discrete scales a <strong>and</strong> discrete times b. One way toachieve<br />

this, is by choosing the discrete set <strong>of</strong> parameters fa j = 2 j b jk = 2 j kg, with j k 2 Z.<br />

Replacing in eq. 27 we obtain the discrete wavelet family<br />

jk(t) = 2 ;j=2 ( 2 ;j t ; k ) j k 2 Z (29)<br />

that forms a basis <strong>of</strong> the Hilbert space L 2 (R), <strong>and</strong> whose correlation with the signal is<br />

called Dyadic Wavelet Transform.<br />

38


4.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis<br />

Contracted versions <strong>of</strong> the wavelet function will match high <strong>frequency</strong> components <strong>of</strong><br />

the original signal <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong>, dilated versions will match low <strong>frequency</strong><br />

oscillations. By correlating the original signal with wavelet functions <strong>of</strong> dierent sizes<br />

we can obtain the details <strong>of</strong> the signal in dierent scale levels. Then, the information<br />

given by the dyadic Wavelet Transform can be organized according to a hierarchical<br />

scheme called multiresolution <strong>analysis</strong> (Mallat, 1989 Chui, 1992).<br />

If we denote by W j the subspaces <strong>of</strong> L 2 generated by the wavelets jk for each level<br />

j, the space L 2 can be decomposed as a direct sum <strong>of</strong> the subspaces W j ,<br />

L 2 = X j2Z<br />

W j (30)<br />

Let us dene the closed subspaces<br />

V j = W j+1 W j+2 ::: j 2Z (31)<br />

The subspaces V j are a multiresolution approximation <strong>of</strong> L 2 <strong>and</strong> they are generated by<br />

scalings <strong>and</strong> translations <strong>of</strong> a single function jk called the scaling function. Then, for<br />

the subspaces V j we have the orthogonal complementary subspaces W j , namely:<br />

V j;1 = V j W j j 2Z (32)<br />

Let us suppose we have a discrete signal X(n), which we will denote as x 0 , with nite<br />

energy <strong>and</strong> without loss <strong>of</strong> generality, let us suppose that the sampling rate is t =1.<br />

Then, we can successively decompose it with the following recursive scheme<br />

x j;1 ( n ) = x j ( n ) r j ( n ) (33)<br />

where the terms x j (n) 2 V j give the coarser representation <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> r j (n) 2 W j<br />

give the details for each scale j =0 1 N. Then, for any resolution level N > 0, we<br />

can write the decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal as<br />

x N (k) ( 2 ;N n ; k ) +<br />

NX<br />

X<br />

C j (k) jk (n) (34)<br />

X(n) = X k<br />

j=1<br />

k<br />

where () is the scaling function, C j (k) are the wavelet coecients, <strong>and</strong> the sequence<br />

fx N (k)g represents the coarser signal at the resolution level N. The second term is<br />

the wavelet expansion. The wavelet coecients C j (k) can be interpreted as the local<br />

residual errors between successive signal approximations at scales j ; 1 <strong>and</strong> j, <strong>and</strong><br />

39


j (n) = X k<br />

C j (k) jk (n) (35)<br />

is the detail signal at scale j.<br />

Figure 14 shows as an example the multiresolution decomposition method applied<br />

to an event-related potential <strong>and</strong> the corresponding reconstruction achieved by using<br />

the inverse transform. The method starts by correlating the signal with shifted versions<br />

(i.e. thus giving the time evolution) <strong>of</strong> a contracted wavelet function, the coecients<br />

obtained thus giving the detail <strong>of</strong> the high <strong>frequency</strong> components. The remaining part<br />

will be a coarser version <strong>of</strong> the original signal that can be obtained by correlating the<br />

signal with the scaling function, which is orthogonal to the wavelet function. Then, the<br />

wavelet function is dilated <strong>and</strong> from the coarser signal the procedure is repeated, thus<br />

giving a decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal in dierent scale levels, or what it is analog, in<br />

dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. This method gives a decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal that can be<br />

implemented with very ecient algorithms due to the fact that it can be achieved just<br />

by applying simple lters, as showed by Mallat (1989, see table 1 for an example). The<br />

lower levels give the details corresponding to the high <strong>frequency</strong> components <strong>and</strong> the<br />

higher levels the ones corresponding the the low frequencies. As pointed out in sec. x4.1,<br />

the levels related with higher frequencies have more coecients that the lower ones, due<br />

to the varying window size <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform.<br />

4.2.4 B-Splines wavelets<br />

An important point to be discussed is howtochoose the mother functions to be compared<br />

with the signal. In principle, the wavelet function should have a certain shape that we<br />

would like to localize in the original signal. However, due to mathematical restrictions,<br />

not every function can be used as a wavelet. Then, one criterion for choosing the wavelet<br />

function is that \it looks similar" to the patterns <strong>of</strong> the original signal. In this respect,<br />

B-Spline functions seem suitable for decomposing ERPs (see bottom part <strong>of</strong> gure 13).<br />

B-Splines are piecewise polynomial functions <strong>of</strong> a certain degree that form a base in<br />

L 2 (R) (see e.g. Chui, 1992). Filter coecients corresponding to quadratic B-Splines are<br />

shown in table 1. We can remark the following properties that makes them very suitable<br />

for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> ERP (Unser et al., 1992, 1993 Unser, 1997 Chui, 1992 Strang <strong>and</strong><br />

Nguyen, 1996):<br />

1. Smoothness: the smooth behavior <strong>of</strong> B-Splines is very important in order to avoid<br />

border eects when making the correlation between the original signal <strong>and</strong> a<br />

wavelet function with abrupt patterns.<br />

40


Original signal<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

15<br />

-1sec<br />

0<br />

1sec<br />

Multiresolution Decomposition<br />

Multiresolution Reconstruction<br />

Level 1<br />

Level 2<br />

Level 3<br />

Level 4<br />

Level 5<br />

Level 6<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

15<br />

-15<br />

0<br />

15<br />

-1sec<br />

0 1sec<br />

-1sec 0<br />

1sec<br />

Figure 14: Multiresolution decomposition method. The signal is decomposed in scale<br />

levels each one representing the activity in dierent <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. The wavelet coef-<br />

cients show how closely the signal matches locally the dierent dilated versions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

wavelet mother function (in this case a quadratic B-Spline). Furthermore, by applying<br />

the inverse transform, the signal can be reconstructed from the wavelet coecients for<br />

each scale level.<br />

41


k h(k) g(k) p 2 (k) q 2 (k)<br />

-10 0.00157 -0.00388<br />

-9 0.01909 -0.03416<br />

-8 -0.00503 0.03416<br />

-7 -0.0444 0.07933<br />

-6 0.01165 -0.02096<br />

-5 0.10328 -0.18408<br />

-4 -0.02593 0.04977 0.00208<br />

-3 -0.24373 0.42390 -0.06040<br />

-2 0.03398 -0.14034 0.25 0.30625<br />

-1 0.65523 -0.90044 0.75 -0.63125<br />

0 0.65523 0.90044 0.75 0.63125<br />

1 0.03398 0.14034 0.25 -0.30625<br />

2 -0.24373 -0.42390 -0.06040<br />

3 -0.02593 -0.04977 -0.00208<br />

4 0.10328 0.18408<br />

5 0.01165 0.02096<br />

6 -0.0444 -0.07933<br />

7 -0.00503 -0.00901<br />

8 0.01909 0.03416<br />

9 0.00157 0.00388<br />

Table 1: Filter coecients for quadratic B-Splines. h <strong>and</strong> g are the decomposition lters<br />

<strong>and</strong> p 2 , q 2 are the reconstruction ones (from Ademoglu et al, 1997 see also Strang <strong>and</strong><br />

Nguyen, 1996).<br />

2. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution: it was shown that B-Spline functions have nearly optimal<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution (i.e. nearly the maximum allowed by the uncertainty<br />

principle Unser et al., 1992).<br />

3. Compact support: this means that the wavelet function does not extend to innity.<br />

This fact is important in order not to include in a certain wavelet coecient<br />

correlations with points far in the past or in the future.<br />

4. Semi-orthogonality: the use <strong>of</strong> B-Splines as mother functions when applying the<br />

multiresolution decomposition guarantees orthogonalitybetween the dierent scales.<br />

42


4.2.5 Wavelet Packets<br />

In the approach described before, only the successive <strong>signals</strong> x j (n) are decomposed, but<br />

in many cases, it is also interesting to decompose the details r j (n). If we decompose<br />

both x j (n) <strong>and</strong> r j (n), then the original signal can be represented in dierent ways as<br />

combinations <strong>of</strong> x j (n) <strong>and</strong> r j (n) <strong>of</strong>dierent levels j.<br />

In this work, a decomposition called trigonometric wavelet packets was used (Serrano,<br />

1996). The main idea is to decompose the components r j (n) in portions.<br />

We dene any portion or local signal as<br />

r (ml)<br />

j ( n ) =<br />

l+2 m ;1<br />

X<br />

k=l<br />

C j (k) jk ( n ) (36)<br />

where the parameters m <strong>and</strong> l are chosen for r (ml)<br />

j (n) to cover the full time interval<br />

2 ;j l n 2 ;j (l +2 m ), which is a relative long interval <strong>of</strong> length 2 m;j . Note that we<br />

dened the local wavelet packet with 2 m basic functions jk (n) fork = l l+2 m ; 1.<br />

Now, we dene the set <strong>of</strong> fundamental frequencies<br />

! mh = +2h=2 m (37)<br />

with 0 h 2 m;1 <strong>and</strong> associated Fourier matrix M (m) given by<br />

M (m)<br />

dk<br />

= 2 ;m=2 8><<br />

>:<br />

sin[ (k +1=2) ]<br />

if d = 1<br />

2 1=2 cos[ ! mh (k +1=2) ] if d is even<br />

2 1=2 sin[ ! mh (k +1=2) ] if d is odd<br />

cos[ 2(k +1=2) ] if d = 2 m <br />

with 1 d 2 m , 0 k < 2 m <strong>and</strong> h = [d=2], where [ ] denotes the integer part. It<br />

can be demonstrated that M (m) is a 2 m 2 m dimensional orthogonal matrix (Serrano,<br />

1996).<br />

Then, we can dene the new set <strong>of</strong> elemental functions in order to exp<strong>and</strong> r (ml)<br />

j (n)<br />

as a 2 m dimensional vector obtained from<br />

for 1 d 2 m .<br />

(ml)<br />

jd<br />

( n ) =<br />

l+2 m ;1<br />

X<br />

k=l<br />

(38)<br />

M (m)<br />

dk jk ( n ) (39)<br />

Clearly, these functions constitute a new local orthonormal basis covering the interval<br />

under <strong>analysis</strong> 2 ;j l n 2 ;j (l +2 m ). Therefore we can give a second description <strong>of</strong><br />

the local signal as<br />

43


(ml)<br />

j ( n ) =<br />

2 m X<br />

d=1<br />

<strong>and</strong> the corresponding coecients are easily computed as<br />

where 1 d 2 m .<br />

D (ml)<br />

j ( d ) =<br />

D (ml)<br />

j ( d ) (ml)<br />

jd<br />

( n ) : (40)<br />

l+2 m ;1<br />

X<br />

k=l<br />

M (m)<br />

dk<br />

C j ( k ) (41)<br />

The trigonometric wavelet packets (ml)<br />

jd<br />

(n) have zero mean, oscillate on the interval<br />

2 ;j l n 2 ;j (l +2 m ) <strong>and</strong> decay with exponential ratio. Moreover, their wave-forms<br />

resemble modulated sines or cosines. In fact, it can be demonstrated that each Fourier<br />

(ml)<br />

transform ^<br />

jd<br />

(!) is centered at the fundamental <strong>frequency</strong> ! mh , when d = 2h or<br />

(ml)<br />

d =2h +1. Moreover, ^ jd (!) =0on the other fundamental frequencies.<br />

In other words, the coecients fD (ml)<br />

j<br />

spectrum<br />

for the local signal r (ml)<br />

j<br />

<strong>of</strong> coecients fC j (k)D (ml)<br />

j<br />

(d)g can be considered as the discrete Fourier<br />

(n). Summing up, we can resume in the double set<br />

(d)g the time-scale-<strong>frequency</strong> information <strong>of</strong> the local signal<br />

r (ml)<br />

j (n).<br />

Finally, to analyze the complete function r j (n), that is, the details at level j, we<br />

choose some partition in local components r (m il i )<br />

j (n), according the structure <strong>of</strong> the<br />

signal,<br />

r j ( n ) = X m i<br />

r (m il i )<br />

j ( n ) (42)<br />

where the sequence <strong>of</strong> index l i veries l i+1 = l i +2 m i<br />

. Then, we implement the above<br />

refereed time-scale-<strong>frequency</strong> technique for each local signal.<br />

4.3 Short review <strong>of</strong> wavelets applied to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

Several works applied the Wavelet Tranform to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s <strong>and</strong> ERPs (see a<br />

review in Unser <strong>and</strong> Aldroubi, 1996 or in Samar et al., 1995). One rst line <strong>of</strong> applications<br />

is for pattern recognition in the <strong>EEG</strong>. This is achieved by correlating dierent<br />

transients <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> with wavelet coecients <strong>of</strong> dierent scales. Schi et al. (1994a)<br />

used amultiresolution decomposition implemented with B-Splines mother functions for<br />

extracting features <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> seizure recordings. They showed a better performance <strong>of</strong><br />

wavelets in comparison with Gabor Transform, <strong>and</strong> a similar resolution <strong>of</strong> the multiresolution<br />

decomposition compared with the continuous Wavelet Transform but with a<br />

44


marked decrease in computational time. Other works also used this approach for automatic<br />

detection <strong>of</strong> spike complexes characteristic <strong>of</strong> epilepsy, thus helping in the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> recordings from epileptic patients (Schi et al., 1994b Senhadji et al., 1995<br />

Clark et al., 1995).<br />

Demiralp et al. (1999) used coecients in the delta <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong> for detecting<br />

P300 waves in single trials <strong>of</strong> an auditory oddball paradigm. Furthermore, they used<br />

this approach for making a selectiveaveraging <strong>of</strong> the single trials, thus obtaining a better<br />

denition <strong>of</strong> the P300. Basar et al. (1999) reported the utility <strong>of</strong>Wavelet Transform for<br />

classifying dierent type <strong>of</strong> single sweep responses to cross-modality stimulation.<br />

A digital ltering <strong>of</strong> ERPs based on the Wavelet Transform was proposed by Bertr<strong>and</strong><br />

et al. (1994). They used the method as a noise reduction technique, reporting better<br />

results than the ones obtained with Fourier based <strong>methods</strong>, especially when applied to<br />

non-stationary <strong>signals</strong>. The main goal <strong>of</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> ltering is to extract the eventrelated<br />

responses from the single sweeps by eliminating the contribution <strong>of</strong> the ongoing<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>. This procedure would avoid the necessity <strong>of</strong> averaging the single sweeps. In this<br />

context, Bartnik et al. (1992) characterized the event-related responses from the wavelet<br />

coecients, then using selected coecients for isolating the event-related responses from<br />

the background <strong>EEG</strong> in the single trials. A similar approach has being later proposed<br />

by Zhang <strong>and</strong> Zheng (1997).<br />

Akay et al.<br />

(1994) used the Wavelet Transform for characterizing electrocortical<br />

activity <strong>of</strong> fetal lambs, reporting much better results than the ones obtained with the<br />

Gabor Transform. Thakor et al. (1993) analyzed somatosensory EPs <strong>of</strong> anesthetized<br />

cats with cerebral hypoxia by using the multiresolution decomposition. They report<br />

that selected coecients are sensitive to neurological changes, but having comparable<br />

results than the ones obtained with Fourier based <strong>methods</strong>. Ademoglu et al. (1997) used<br />

wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> for discriminating between normal <strong>and</strong> demented subjects by studying<br />

the N70-P100-N130 complex response to pattern reversal visual evoked potentials (N70<br />

<strong>and</strong> N130 are negative peaks <strong>of</strong> the ERP with a latency <strong>of</strong> 70 <strong>and</strong> 130ms respectively).<br />

Kolev et al. (1997) used the multiresolution decomposition for studying the presence<br />

<strong>of</strong> dierent functional components in the P300 latency range in an auditory oddball<br />

paradigm. Basar et al. (1999) used the wavelet decomposition for studying the alpha<br />

responses to cross-modality stimulation, reporting similar results than the ones obtained<br />

with digital ltering.<br />

45


Figure 15: Scalp <strong>EEG</strong> seizure recording.<br />

4.4 Application to scalp recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

4.4.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

An <strong>EEG</strong> time series corresponding to a tonic-clonic seizure <strong>of</strong> an epileptic patient was<br />

analyzed. Scalp electrodes were applied following the 10-20 international system. The<br />

signal was digitized at 409:6 Hz through a 12 bit A/D converter <strong>and</strong> ltered with an<br />

antialiasing eight pole lowpass Bessel lter with a cuto <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 50 Hz. Then, it<br />

was digitally ltered with a 1 ; 50 Hz b<strong>and</strong>width Butterworth lter <strong>and</strong> stored, after<br />

decimation, at 102:4 Hz in a PC hard drive. The recording included one minute <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> before the seizure onset <strong>and</strong> two minutes which included the ictal <strong>and</strong> post-ictal<br />

phases. All 3 minutes were analyzed at the right central (C4) electrode, choosing this<br />

electrode after visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> as the one with the least amount <strong>of</strong> artifacts.<br />

Wavelet Transform was applied by using a cubic Spline function as mother wavelet.<br />

The multiresolution decomposition method (Mallat, 1989) was used for separating the<br />

signal in 7 <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s: B 1 = 25:8 ; 51:2Hz B 2 = 12:8 ; 25:2Hz B 3 = 6:4 ;<br />

12:8Hz B 4 =3:2 ; 6:4Hz B 5 =1:6 ; 3:2Hz B 6 =0:8 ; 1:6Hz B 7 =0:4 ; 0:8Hz).<br />

4.4.2 Results<br />

Figure 15 shows 90sec <strong>of</strong> the Tonic-Clonic seizure studied. The whole recording was<br />

already shown in g. 11. In this case seizure starts at second 10 <strong>and</strong> ends at second 85.<br />

Due to the fact that the aim <strong>of</strong> this work was to analyze middle <strong>and</strong> low frequencies<br />

46


ain activity during an epileptic seizure, we eliminated B 1 <strong>and</strong> B 2 b<strong>and</strong>s, both containing<br />

high <strong>frequency</strong> artifacts that obscure the <strong>EEG</strong> (see sec. x3.4). The relative b<strong>and</strong><br />

intensity ratio (RIR) (dened as in sec. x3.2 but in this case from the wavelet scales)<br />

had a similar behavior as the one showed with Gabor Transform in gure 12.<br />

Frequency b<strong>and</strong>s B 3 <strong>and</strong> B 4 were chosen for performing an <strong>analysis</strong> with Wavelets<br />

Packets, these b<strong>and</strong>s being important in the development <strong>of</strong> the tonic-clonic seizures as<br />

showed in Chapter x3.4 (see also Quian Quiroga et al., 1997b).<br />

B 3 b<strong>and</strong> coecients were segmented with sliding windows <strong>of</strong> l = 32 samples corresponding<br />

to time intervals <strong>of</strong> t =2:5 sec. Discrete sets <strong>of</strong> frequencies between 6:4 <strong>and</strong><br />

12:8 Hz with intervals <strong>of</strong> 0:4 Hz were obtained as showed in g. 4.4.2 (squared values<br />

shown).<br />

From second 50, we can see an increase <strong>of</strong> the activity in nearly all the packets. Due<br />

to the good time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Packets it is possible to follow the<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> peaks. For example, the peak marked with an arrow in the<br />

wavelet packet corresponding to 8:4Hz at about second 50, is also visible in the packets<br />

corresponding to 8:0, 7:6 <strong>and</strong>7:2Hz, appearing with higher amplitude <strong>and</strong> some delay.<br />

Then, this peak originated in the 8:4Hz packet, or probably in higher frequencies but<br />

with lower amplitude, is evolving with time to lower frequencies.<br />

Figure 17 shows the Wavelet Packets corresponding to the B4 b<strong>and</strong> (squared values<br />

shown). They were generated by using l = 16 samples corresponding to time intervals<br />

<strong>of</strong> t =2:5 sec <strong>and</strong> discrete sets <strong>of</strong> frequencies between 3:2 <strong>and</strong> 6:4 Hz with intervals<br />

<strong>of</strong> 0:4 Hz. Note that the j = ;4 level has half dispersion in frequencies compared with<br />

the j = ;3 level <strong>and</strong> for this reason we used a window <strong>of</strong> 16 samples in order to obtain<br />

the same denition.<br />

In the B4 b<strong>and</strong> there is a very clear peak, marked with an arrow, after second 60<br />

in the frequencies around 3 ; 4Hz, this increase being correlated with the starting <strong>of</strong><br />

the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the seizure. This peak is also visible, but appearing earlier in time,<br />

in the higher <strong>frequency</strong> packets (also marked with an arrow). Although this behavior is<br />

predictable with a visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, it is very interesting to note that this<br />

peak is in fact the same peak described in the gure 4.4.2 but appearing more delayed.<br />

Analyzing both gures together, we can observe very clearly how this high amplitude,<br />

low <strong>frequency</strong> peak (3 ; 4Hz) at about 65sec was in fact rst observed in the higher<br />

frequencies (about 9Hz), then evolving with time to lower frequencies until reaching<br />

a very high amplitude when the clonic phase starts, this evolution being very dicult<br />

to identify from a visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> or by using traditional <strong>methods</strong> as the<br />

spectrograms (see discussion <strong>of</strong> sec. x3.5).<br />

47


3<br />

2<br />

7.2 Hz 7.6 Hz<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

8.0 Hz 8.4 Hz 8.8 Hz 9.2 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

9.6 Hz 10 Hz 10.4 Hz 10.8 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

48<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

11.2 Hz 11.6 Hz 12.0 Hz 12.4 Hz<br />

3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

Figure 16: Wavelet packets for the scale level B3.


3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3.2 Hz 3.6 Hz 4.0 Hz 4.4 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4.8 Hz 5.2 Hz 5.6 Hz 6.0 Hz<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

49<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

3<br />

6.4 Hz<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0 20 40 60 80<br />

Figure 17: Wavelet packets for the scale level B4.


4.4.3 Discussion<br />

The high time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution achieved with Wavelet Packets allowed a very detailed<br />

study <strong>of</strong> the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> peaks during the seizure. In fact, it<br />

was possible to establish that the high amplitude peaks <strong>of</strong> about 3 ; 4Hz,characteristic<br />

<strong>of</strong> the clonic activity, were generated in higher frequencies. This result is in agreement<br />

with the dynamic described with the Gabor Transform. In this case, with the RIR (see<br />

sec. x3.4) I showed how during the seizure the relevant brain activity was dominated by<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong>s, until the ending <strong>of</strong> the seizure, when delta activity dominated<br />

again.<br />

Then, it is reasonable to conjecture that the violent clonic contractions characteristic<br />

<strong>of</strong> the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures are the response to brain oscillations<br />

generated in higher frequencies, but owing to the fact that the muscles can not contract<br />

so fast, the muscle activity is limited to a tonic contraction until the oscillations become<br />

slower <strong>and</strong> the muscles are capable to oscillate in resonance with them.<br />

It is interesting to note that the <strong>frequency</strong> behavior described is in agreement with<br />

simulations <strong>of</strong> thalamic slices performed by Wang <strong>and</strong> coworkers (Wang et al., 1995<br />

Golomb et al., 1996), who observed a slowing from 10Hz to 4Hz in their simulations<br />

after the suppression <strong>of</strong> GABA A inhibitors. This result is also in agreement with in vitro<br />

experimental results <strong>of</strong> Bal et al. (1995a,b). These experiments suggest that it would<br />

be very interesting to investigate if the \slowing" <strong>of</strong> the frequencies observed during<br />

the seizures can be related with a variation in the concentration <strong>of</strong> neurotransmitters,<br />

especially <strong>of</strong> the GABA inhibitors, possible due to a neuronal fatigue provoked by the<br />

abnormal ring rate <strong>of</strong> the neurons during the seizure.<br />

4.5 Application to alpha responses <strong>of</strong> visual event-related potentials<br />

4.5.1 Introduction<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> alpha rhythms can be dened as oscillations between 8 <strong>and</strong> 13 Hz, with an amplitude<br />

usually below 50V <strong>and</strong> localized over posterior regions <strong>of</strong> the head. Alpha<br />

rhythms appear spontaneously during wakefulness, best seen with eyes closed, under<br />

relaxation <strong>and</strong> mental inactivity conditions (Niedermeyer, 1993a).<br />

Although alpha oscillations have been widely studied, their sources <strong>and</strong> functional<br />

correlates are still under discussion. Sources <strong>of</strong> alpha rhythms have been investigated<br />

leading to controversies whether they are thalamic, cortical or whether other structures<br />

are involved in their generation (Adrian, 1941 Andersen <strong>and</strong> Andersson, 1968 Lopes da<br />

50


Silva et al.,1973a,1973b Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> Storn van Leewen, 1977 Basar et al., 1997).<br />

Moreover, many studies were performed in order to underst<strong>and</strong> their functional meanings.<br />

These studies showed that alpha rhythms could be correlated even to sensory or<br />

cognitive processes depending on the task performed <strong>and</strong> generators involved, therefore<br />

not having an unique <strong>and</strong> specic function (for a review, see Basar et al., 1997).<br />

4.5.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

In 10 voluntary healthy subjects (no neurological decits, no medication known to aect<br />

the <strong>EEG</strong>) two types <strong>of</strong> experiments were performed:<br />

1. No-task visual evoked potential (VEP): subjects were watching a checkerboard<br />

pattern (sidelength <strong>of</strong> the checks: 50'), the stimulus being a checker reversal (N =<br />

100 stimuli).<br />

2. Oddball paradigm: subjects were watching the same pattern as above. Two different<br />

stimuli were presented in a pseudor<strong>and</strong>om order. NON-TARGET stimuli<br />

(75%) were pattern reversal, <strong>and</strong> TARGET stimuli (25%) consisted in a pattern<br />

reversal with horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical displacement <strong>of</strong> one-half <strong>of</strong> the square side<br />

length. Subjects were instructed to pay attention to the appearance <strong>of</strong> the target<br />

stimuli (N = 200 stimuli).<br />

The inter-stimulus interval varied pseudo-r<strong>and</strong>omly between 2.5 <strong>and</strong> 3.5 s.<br />

After<br />

each pattern reversal, the reverted pattern was shown for one second, then the pattern<br />

was re-reverted. Recordings were made following the international 10 ; 20 system in<br />

seven dierent electrodes (F3, F4, Cz, P3, P4, O1, O2) referenced to linked earlobes.<br />

Data were amplied with a time constant <strong>of</strong>1:5sec: <strong>and</strong> a low-pass lter at 70Hz. With<br />

each stimulus, a single sweep <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> data was recorded, i.e.: for each single sweep, 1sec:<br />

pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> were digitized with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong> 250Hz <strong>and</strong> stored<br />

in a hard disk.<br />

After visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the data, 30 sweeps free <strong>of</strong> artifacts were r<strong>and</strong>omly selected<br />

for each type <strong>of</strong> stimuli (VEP, NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET) for future <strong>analysis</strong>. A<br />

Wavelet Transform was applied to each single sweep using a quadratic B-Spline function<br />

as mother wavelet. The multiresolution decomposition method (Mallat, 1989) was used<br />

for separating the signal in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, dened in agreement with the traditional<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s used in physiological <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. After a ve octave wavelet decomposition,<br />

components corresponding to the alpha b<strong>and</strong> (8 ; 16Hz) were analyzed.<br />

For each subject the alpha components <strong>of</strong> the 30 single sweeps were averaged. Finally,<br />

results for each subject were averaged to obtain a \gr<strong>and</strong> average". The temporal reso-<br />

51


lution <strong>of</strong> the scale corresponding to the alpha b<strong>and</strong> was <strong>of</strong> 64 ms 5 . However it should be<br />

remarked that the \real" resolution will depend on the characteristics <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong><br />

the mother function (i.e. how the mother function matches the signal see section 4.2.4).<br />

In this respect, the optimal resolution <strong>of</strong> B-Splines was shown with numerical computations<br />

(Unser et al., 1992). It is also interesting to note that non-redundancy is important<br />

for increasing the computational speed.<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong><br />

The wavelet coecients processed were the ones obtained after averaging the responses<br />

<strong>of</strong> the 30 single trials for each electrode <strong>and</strong> subject. Then, wavelet coecients<br />

were rectied <strong>and</strong> the maximum coecients <strong>and</strong> their time delay with respect to the<br />

stimulus occurrence were computed in the rst 500 ms post-stimulation. The <strong>analysis</strong><br />

was limited to the rst 500 ms owing to the fact that no subject showed meaningful<br />

alpha responses after this time. Comparison between modalities <strong>and</strong> electrodes were<br />

done by using a multiple factor ANOVA test.<br />

Comparison between wavelets <strong>and</strong> conventional digital ltering<br />

Figure 18 gives some examples <strong>of</strong> single-trial evoked potentials, showing the comparison<br />

<strong>of</strong> results obtained with Wavelet Transform <strong>and</strong> with digital ltering. In addition,<br />

the gure shows the relation between the wavelet coecients (used for all statistical<br />

analyses) <strong>and</strong> the waveforms reconstructed from the wavelet coecients for a specic<br />

level (which will be shown in the gures). I would like to remark that the sweeps selected<br />

do not necessary show a clear event-related response, but they are suitable for<br />

showing the better resolution achieved with the multiresolution decomposition based on<br />

the Wavelet Transform in comparison with conventional digital ltering. The digital<br />

lter used was an ideal lter (i.e. a digital lter based on b<strong>and</strong> pass ltering in the<br />

Fourier domain as used in several earlier papers, Basar, 1980) with the lter limits set<br />

in agreement with the limits obtained with the multiresolution decomposition for the<br />

alpha b<strong>and</strong>.<br />

As a general remark it can be stated that with the wavelet coecients a better<br />

resolution <strong>and</strong> localization <strong>of</strong> the features <strong>of</strong> the signal is achieved. In between the<br />

vertical dashed lines in sweep #1 three oscillations in the alpha range are shown, having<br />

the last oscillation a larger amplitude as observed in the original sweep. This is well<br />

resolved with the wavelet coecients <strong>and</strong> also in the reconstructed form. However, this<br />

ne structure <strong>of</strong> this train <strong>of</strong> alpha oscillations is not resolved by digital ltering i.e.<br />

reading a maximum from this curve is imprecise. In sweep #2, in between the dashed<br />

5 From sec. 4.2.2 the time steps b jk are 2 j data points, <strong>and</strong> since the alpha b<strong>and</strong> corresponds to<br />

j = 4 <strong>and</strong> the sampling rate was <strong>of</strong> 250Hz we have t =2 4 =250Hz =64ms<br />

52


sweep #1 sweep #2 sweep #3 sweep #4 sweep #5<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

Original<br />

sweep<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

53<br />

Digital<br />

filtering<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

50<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

-150<br />

Wavelet<br />

coeff.<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

150<br />

150<br />

150<br />

150<br />

150<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

-50<br />

Wavelet<br />

reconstr.<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

0<br />

50<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 18: Examples <strong>of</strong> the better performance <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform in comparison with an \ideal" digital ltering for ve<br />

single sweeps.


vertical lines, is showed a transient with a <strong>frequency</strong> clearly lower than the range <strong>of</strong> alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong>. The digital ltering does not resolve this transient <strong>and</strong> it spuriously \interpolates"<br />

alpha oscillations in continuity with the ones that precede or follow the transient. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, the wavelet coecients show a decrease in this time segment, this<br />

phenomenon being also visible in the reconstructed form. Something similar occurs in<br />

sweep #3 with the transientmarked with an arrow. In fact in this last case, the transient<br />

is due to the cognitive P300wave typically obtained upon target stimuli. With wavelets<br />

it is visible that, as in the original signal, there is no important contribution <strong>of</strong> alpha<br />

oscillations in this time range, the digital ltering having not enough resolution for<br />

resolving this. The better time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets (in this case a better<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> localization for a certain time range) can be also seen in sweep #4. In the<br />

original signal, in between the vertical dashed lines there is a marked oscillation <strong>of</strong><br />

about 4 ; 6Hz, corresponding to the theta b<strong>and</strong>. The digital ltered signal shows an<br />

alpha oscillation not present in the original signal. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, due to its better<br />

resolution the wavelet coecients <strong>and</strong> the reconstructed signal show a clear decrease<br />

for this time range. Finally, sweep #5 shows a ringing eect (i.e. spurious oscillations<br />

appearing before the stimulation time point due to time resolution limitations). The<br />

oscillation before the stimulation time, marked with an arrow, appears in the digital<br />

ltered signal with more amplitude than in the original signal, this eect being overcome<br />

with wavelets.<br />

4.5.3 Results<br />

The gr<strong>and</strong> average wideb<strong>and</strong> ltered (0:5 ; 100Hz) event-related potentials are shown<br />

in gure 19. The P100 response is clearly visible upon all stimuli types at about 100ms,<br />

best dened in occipital locations, where it reaches amplitudes about 8V . In the case<br />

<strong>of</strong> target stimulation, a marked positive peakappears between 400 ; 500ms, according<br />

to the expected cognitive (P300) response (see sec. x x1.2).<br />

Figure 20 shows the wavelet components in the alpha b<strong>and</strong> (for brevity, \alpha<br />

responses") for the subject JA (for a better visualization <strong>of</strong> the responses, the signal<br />

reconstructed from the alpha b<strong>and</strong> wavelet coecients is shown). One second pre- <strong>and</strong><br />

one second post-stimulation <strong>EEG</strong> are plotted. Alpha components corresponding to the<br />

pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> have about 5V <strong>and</strong> upon all stimulus types, amplitude enhancements<br />

are clearly marked in posterior locations reaching values up to 20V . Furthermore, in<br />

posterior electrodes responses upon TARGET stimulation are prolonged compared with<br />

the other two stimulus types.<br />

Results for the gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the 10 subjects (g. 21) are similar to the ones<br />

outlined for the rst subject. Amplitude increases were distributed over the whole scalp<br />

54


VEP non-target target<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

µV -15<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

µV-15<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

55<br />

P3<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P4<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

Figure 19: Gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the wide-b<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> responses.


Electrode F3 F4 Cz P3 P4 O1 O2<br />

Mean 6.27 6.72 9.80 8.96 8.85 12.65 11.63<br />

SEM 0.56 0.64 0.99 0.85 0.85 1.36 1.22<br />

F3 XXX - < 0.05 - - < 0.01 < 0.01<br />

F4 XXX < 0.05 - - < 0.01 < 0.01<br />

Cz XXX - - < 0.05 -<br />

P3 XXX - < 0.01 -<br />

P4 XXX < 0.01 < 0.05<br />

O1 XXX -<br />

O2<br />

XXX<br />

Table 2: Multiple factor ANOVA comparison <strong>of</strong> the maximum alpha b<strong>and</strong> wavelet<br />

coecients for the factor electrode. Note: SEM means st<strong>and</strong>ard error <strong>of</strong> the mean, -<br />

means no signicance<br />

for the three stimulation types, best dened in the occipital electrodes. The multiple<br />

factor ANOVA test showed no signicant dierences between stimuli type. Electrode<br />

dierences, instead, were signicant, conrming the predominant localization <strong>of</strong> the<br />

enhancements in the occipital locations, with a lower response in the anterior electrodes<br />

(see table 2).<br />

It is also interesting to note that in some <strong>of</strong> the subjects, responses in posterior electrodes<br />

upon TARGET stimulation are prolonged in comparison with the NON-TARGET<br />

<strong>and</strong> VEP ones. This coherent alpha activity extended up to a second post-stimulation.<br />

With the other stimulus types, enhancements have an abrupt decay after 200 ; 300ms<br />

post-stimulus. However, we should remark that this result was not consistent for the<br />

whole group.<br />

The delay <strong>of</strong> the maximum response in occipital electrodes was about 180ms after<br />

stimulation (see table 3). In parietal electrodes the maximum appeared about 30ms<br />

later, <strong>and</strong> in central <strong>and</strong> frontal electrodes between 50 ; 100ms after the occipital one.<br />

After applying a multiple factor ANOVA test, we veried statistically that frontal <strong>and</strong><br />

central responses were signicantly delayed in comparison to the occipital ones (p <<br />

0:05).<br />

56


VEP non-target target<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

µV<br />

-15<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

57<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

15<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

Figure 20: Alpha responses <strong>of</strong> one typical subject.


VEP non-target target<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

F3<br />

F4<br />

µV<br />

-5<br />

µV<br />

-5<br />

µV<br />

-5<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

5<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

5<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

5<br />

-1sec 0 1sec<br />

58<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

P3<br />

P4<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

Figure 21: Gr<strong>and</strong> average (over N = 10 subjects) <strong>of</strong> the alpha responses.


Electrode F3 F4 Cz P3 P4 O1 O2<br />

Delay 246.03 290.86 248.20 209.20 209.27 172.37 181.03<br />

SEM 21.09 23.35 22.76 20.51 22.10 18.42 17.45<br />

F3 XXX - - - - < 0.05 < 0.05<br />

F4 XXX - < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01<br />

Cz XXX - - < 0.05 < 0.05<br />

P3 XXX - - -<br />

P4 XXX - -<br />

O1 XXX -<br />

O2<br />

XXX<br />

Table 3: Multiple factor ANOVA comparison <strong>of</strong> the time delays <strong>of</strong> the maximum alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong> wavelet components for the factor electrode. Note: SEM means st<strong>and</strong>ard error <strong>of</strong><br />

the mean, - means no signicance, delays in ms.<br />

4.5.4 Discussion<br />

Resonance theory<br />

In the present work, occipital maximum enhancements were located between 100 <strong>and</strong><br />

200ms, strongly stressing the importance <strong>of</strong> the alpha b<strong>and</strong> in the generation <strong>of</strong> the P-<br />

100 peak <strong>and</strong> the following N-200 negative rebound. This is in agreement with the results<br />

<strong>of</strong> Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar (1985), who, by digitally ltering auditory evoked potentials in<br />

humans, showed that sensory evoked responses were generated <strong>and</strong> shaped mostly by<br />

alpha <strong>and</strong> theta oscillations. This result is directly related with the resonance theory.<br />

In principle, if the alpha enhancements were found only at the time <strong>of</strong> appearance <strong>of</strong><br />

the P100-N200 peaks, it can be argued that they were just a result <strong>of</strong> the morphology<br />

<strong>of</strong> these peaks. However, the prolonged alpha response observed in some <strong>of</strong> the subjects<br />

showed that this is not the case, <strong>and</strong> that it is more plausible to think about enhanced<br />

spontaneous oscillations as a response to the stimulus, according to the resonance theory<br />

presented in section x1.3.<br />

Functional correlates <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations<br />

Post-stimulus amplitude increases <strong>of</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong> were observed in all electrodes,<br />

being signicantly higher in the occipital ones. Furthermore, anterior responses were<br />

delayed in comparison with the posterior ones. Frontal maximum responses appeared<br />

between 50 <strong>and</strong> 100ms after the occipital ones, this delay being statistically signicant.<br />

Consequently, a primary response was reached at occipital locations, later propagating<br />

to parietal, central <strong>and</strong> frontal electrodes. Then, owing to the anatomy <strong>of</strong> the visual<br />

59


pathway (Mason <strong>and</strong> K<strong>and</strong>el, 1991 Shepherd, 1988), the occipital localization <strong>and</strong> the<br />

short latency <strong>of</strong> this response points towards a relation between event-related alpha<br />

oscillations <strong>and</strong> the rst stages <strong>of</strong> sensory processing. Moreover, the idea <strong>of</strong> sensory<br />

processing is reinforced by the independence <strong>of</strong> the response from the type <strong>of</strong> stimulus<br />

used. Since the 1940s, the event-related alpha response was interpreted as the reactiveness<br />

<strong>of</strong> the brain to sensory stimuli. A sensory alpha response was also observed<br />

in several intracortical structures <strong>of</strong> the cat brain upon auditory <strong>and</strong> visual stimulation<br />

(for a review <strong>of</strong> these works see Basar et al., 1997).<br />

However, this process should be not considered as the only one related with the alpha<br />

b<strong>and</strong>. For example, in some subjects alpha responses were prolonged upon TARGET<br />

stimuli in posterior locations. Spontaneous alpha activity, low amplitude long-latency<br />

responses <strong>and</strong> low phase locking could be responsible <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> statistical signicance<br />

when considering the whole group <strong>of</strong> subjects. Consequently, it could be conjectured<br />

that other processes related with a cognitive function, due to the long latency <strong>and</strong> the<br />

appearance only upon target stimuli, were present in some <strong>of</strong> the subjects.<br />

The cognitive function <strong>of</strong> alpha b<strong>and</strong> was already pointed out in previous works<br />

(Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar, 1985 Kolev <strong>and</strong> Schurmann, 1992 Basar et al., 1992 Klimesch,<br />

1997 Maltseva <strong>and</strong> Masloboev, 1997 <strong>and</strong> Petsche et al., 1997). Further experiments<br />

applying dierent types <strong>of</strong> tasks should be performed in order to learn more about<br />

cognitive related alpha responses.<br />

Sources <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations<br />

Another interesting question about alpha rhythms deals with its sources <strong>of</strong> generation.<br />

Alpha responses were best visible in occipital electrodes, but enhancements were<br />

also present in other locations with some time delay. Owing to the high dierences in<br />

the delays between occipital <strong>and</strong> anterior electrodes, the conjecture <strong>of</strong> a single generator<br />

<strong>and</strong> dispersion by volume conduction must be ruled out. A more plausible idea is to<br />

think about several generators activated at dierent times <strong>and</strong> with dierent strength<br />

depending on the stimuli <strong>and</strong> paradigm used. Several previous ndings support a multiple<br />

alpha generator theory. Alpha rhythms were described mainly in the thalamus<br />

<strong>and</strong> cortex (Adrian, 1941 Andersen <strong>and</strong> Andersson, 1968 Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> Storm<br />

van Leewen, 1977), but alpha activity was also found in other structures like the brain<br />

stem, cerebellum <strong>and</strong> limbic system, (for a review see Basar et al., 1997). Further evidence<br />

showing that alpha rhythms cannot be explained through generators only in the<br />

thalamus or cortex are the experiments performed on the cerebral ganglion <strong>of</strong> aplysia<br />

<strong>and</strong> with the isolated ganglia <strong>of</strong> Helix pomata (Schutt et al., 1992 Schutt <strong>and</strong> Basar,<br />

1992). These studies provided evidence that 10Hz activity can be recorded in vitro in<br />

such small neural populations, each consisting only <strong>of</strong> approximately 2000 neurons.<br />

60


In conclusion, our results point towards a distributed alpha system with functional<br />

relation to sensory processing <strong>and</strong> possibly to further processes.<br />

4.6 Application to gamma responses <strong>of</strong> bisensory event-related<br />

potentials<br />

4.6.1 Introduction<br />

During the last ten years gamma-b<strong>and</strong> phenomena gained increasing popularity since<br />

the reports <strong>of</strong> Gray <strong>and</strong> Singer (1989). Measuring the spike activity <strong>of</strong> cellular units<br />

<strong>and</strong> multi-units <strong>of</strong> the cat's striate cortex they found burst activities to be in congruence<br />

with oscillatory LFPs (local eld potentials) in orientation-specic columns. Later<br />

ndings (Eckhorn et al., 1988, Gray etal. 1989) led to the proposal <strong>of</strong> a mechanism suf-<br />

cient to explain the formation <strong>of</strong> distant neuronal units to assemblies. Such assembly<br />

formation has been suggested as the brain's solution to the problem <strong>of</strong> encoding. The<br />

so-called \binding-theorem" provided a solid explanatory base in congruence with the<br />

experimental data.<br />

Although being very elegant in solving the problem to encode a quasi-unlimited<br />

number <strong>of</strong> real object features <strong>and</strong> combinations in a limited number <strong>of</strong> neural elements<br />

interest has, nevertheless, not swayed from the experimental results, which were not<br />

directly related to theoretical questions. As, for example, the studies <strong>of</strong> Tiitinen et al.<br />

(1993) <strong>and</strong> Pulvermuller et al. (1995) could demonstrate, the 40Hz oscillatory activity<br />

is not restricted to sensory processing, but can be rather modulated or triggered by<br />

cognitive processes as well.<br />

4.6.2 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

Event-related potentials were measured in 15 healthy subjects who had neither any<br />

known neurological decit nor reported intake <strong>of</strong>drugsknown to aect the <strong>EEG</strong>. Electrodes<br />

were placed according to the 10 ; 20 system in F3, F4, Cz, C3, C4, T3, T4, P3,<br />

P4, O1 <strong>and</strong> O2 locations, referenced to linked earlobes. Data were amplied with a time<br />

constant <strong>of</strong> 1:5sec: <strong>and</strong>alow-pass lter at 70Hz. For each single sweep, 1sec: pre- <strong>and</strong><br />

post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> were digitized with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong> 250Hz <strong>and</strong> stored in a hard<br />

disk.<br />

Subjects were instructed to view <strong>and</strong> listen passively to the stimuli. A recording<br />

session consisted <strong>of</strong>3parts:<br />

1. Registration <strong>of</strong> 120 sweeps covering 2s time-windows with application <strong>of</strong> unimodal<br />

stimulation presenting a 2kHzsinusoidal tone-step binaurally.<br />

61


2. Registration <strong>of</strong> 120 sweeps covering 2s time-windows with application <strong>of</strong> unimodal<br />

stimulation using a rectangular light-step centered in the visual eld at a distance<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1.5 m.<br />

3. Registration <strong>of</strong> 120 sweeps covering 2s time-windows with application <strong>of</strong> multimodal<br />

stimulation. Stimuli <strong>of</strong> (1) <strong>and</strong> (2) were applied simultaneously.<br />

After visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the data, 30 sweeps free <strong>of</strong> artifacts were selected for each<br />

modality for future <strong>analysis</strong>. A Wavelet Transform was applied to each single sweep<br />

using a quadratic B-Spline function as mother wavelet. After a ve octave wavelet<br />

decomposition, the components <strong>of</strong> the gamma b<strong>and</strong> 31 ; 62Hz were analyzed. For each<br />

subject the gamma components <strong>of</strong> the 30 single sweeps were averaged. Results for each<br />

subject were averaged obtaining a \gr<strong>and</strong> average".<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong><br />

The wavelet coecients processed were the ones obtained after averaging the responses<br />

<strong>of</strong> the 30 single trials for each electrode <strong>and</strong> subject. Then, wavelet coecients<br />

were rectied <strong>and</strong> the maximum coecient was computed in a time window <strong>of</strong> 250ms<br />

post-stimulation. A multiple factor ANOVA (MANOVA) with repeated measures test<br />

was applied in order to compare dierences between modalities <strong>and</strong> electrodes. Furthermore,<br />

maximum wavelet components pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulation were compared with<br />

t-tests in order to analyze statistical signicance <strong>of</strong> the amplitude enhancements for<br />

each electrode <strong>and</strong> modality.<br />

4.6.3 Results<br />

Gamma wavelet coecients <strong>of</strong> one typical subject are shown in gure 22. In central<br />

locations gamma amplitude enhancements are more pronounced upon bimodal stimulation.<br />

In this case, pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> amplitude is less than 5 (in arbitrary units) <strong>and</strong><br />

post-stimulus enhancements reach values up to 12. Further increases are seen in right<br />

frontal <strong>and</strong> right occipital electrodes, in the latter case appearing with some delay.<br />

The gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> all the subjects is shown in gure 23. With auditory stimulation<br />

enhancements are visible in the central electrode <strong>and</strong> more poorly dened in the occipital<br />

ones. Visual stimulation shows enhancement onlyinthecentral electrode. On the other<br />

h<strong>and</strong>, bimodal stimulation evokes signicantly higher enhancements than the other two<br />

modalities (p < 0:01 see also g. 24) <strong>and</strong> they are distributed all along the surface<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>, being more pronounced in the central location. Furthermore, bimodal responses<br />

are clearly not a linear superposition <strong>of</strong> the auditory <strong>and</strong> visual ones, this fact being<br />

very clear in central electrodes <strong>and</strong> specially in the frontal ones, where enhancements<br />

occur only upon bimodal stimulation.<br />

62


63<br />

Figure 22: Gamma responses for atypical subject.


Figure 23: Gr<strong>and</strong> average (over N =15subjects) <strong>of</strong> the gamma responses.<br />

64


Figure 24: T-test comparison <strong>of</strong> the pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus gamma amplitudes.<br />

Finally, in gure 24 comparisons between maximum components pre- <strong>and</strong> poststimulation<br />

are shown for each electrode <strong>and</strong> modality. Enhancements are clearly higher<br />

upon bimodal stimulation in right frontal, posterior <strong>and</strong> central electrodes, where they<br />

reach high signicance (p


information that two dierent stimuli are manifestations <strong>of</strong> the same process. However,<br />

the possibility thatanintensity rise on joined-polymodal conditions leads to behavioral<br />

changes in terms <strong>of</strong> attention <strong>and</strong> arousal functions can not be discarded <strong>and</strong> deserves<br />

further studies.<br />

Less data is available on the role <strong>of</strong> 40 Hz-oscillatory processes in bisensory integration.<br />

Sheer <strong>and</strong> Schrock (1986) conducted their studies on focused attention by looking<br />

for modications in 40 Hz-SSRs (steady-state responses, seesec.x1.2) driven by means <strong>of</strong><br />

simultaneously applied click-<strong>and</strong>-ash stimuli, from which one or the other modality had<br />

to be ignored. With the stimulus trains being not in phase, they found the 40 Hz-SSRs<br />

<strong>of</strong> the non-focused stimulus modality reduced. Other modes <strong>of</strong> intermodal perturbation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the 40 Hz-SSRs have been tested by Rohrbaugh et al. (1990). Both salient \foreground"<br />

visual <strong>and</strong> auditory stimuli implied a latency <strong>and</strong> amplitude decrease in the<br />

40Hz auditory steady-state responses, stimuli <strong>of</strong> the same modality thereby dominating<br />

in eect. Thus both exemplary studies have discriminative functions in common, which<br />

are modiers <strong>of</strong> the 40Hz surface <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

4.7 Conclusion<br />

Wavelet decomposition proved to be a very useful tool for analyzing brain <strong>signals</strong>. I<br />

would like to remark two advantages <strong>of</strong> Wavelet Transform over Fourier based <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

First, Wavelet Transform lacks <strong>of</strong> the requirement <strong>of</strong> stationarity, this being crucial for<br />

avoiding spurious results when analyzing brain <strong>signals</strong>, already known to be highly nonstationary.<br />

Second, owing to the varying window size<strong>of</strong>theWavelet Transform, a better<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution can be achieved when the signal has patterns involving dierent<br />

scales. This is particularly important inthe case <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials, where<br />

the relevant response is limited to a fraction <strong>of</strong> a second, a good time resolution thus<br />

being crucial for making any physiological interpretation. In section 4.5.2, I showed<br />

with some selected sweeps how the multiresolution decomposition implemented with<br />

B-Splines functions leads to a better resolution <strong>of</strong> the event-related oscillations in comparison<br />

with a conventional ideal lter used in several previous works. Moreover, due<br />

to the fact that the multiresolution decomposition method is implemented as a ltering<br />

scheme, it can be seen as a way to construct lters with an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

This exemplies <strong>and</strong> complements the theoretical description <strong>of</strong> the advantages<br />

<strong>of</strong> wavelets introduced in section 4.2. Furthermore, the multiresolution decomposition<br />

is a way <strong>of</strong> data reduction, thus giving relevant (i.e. non-redundant) coecients that<br />

allows a straightforward implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests.<br />

Alpha responses to pattern visual event-related potentials were related with primary<br />

sensory processing, having several generators. Furthermore, the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> discrete<br />

66


wavelet coecients allowed an easy design <strong>and</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests. In<br />

this context, the resolution achieved with Wavelet Transform was very important for<br />

obtaining signicance <strong>of</strong> the results.<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics during the seizures was already described with Gabor Transform<br />

(sec. x3.4). However, with wavelets packets it was possible to follow with better<br />

accuracy the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> peaks. Further advantages can be obtained<br />

when comparing <strong>frequency</strong> patterns <strong>of</strong> dierent channels in order to obtain information<br />

about the sources <strong>of</strong> the seizures. In this case, the time resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets can be<br />

crucial due to the fact that the seizure spread, from the focus to other locations, can<br />

take place in a few milliseconds.<br />

Wavelet Transform, due to its varying window size, is more suitable for analyzing<br />

<strong>signals</strong> involving dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies. In fact, as showed with alpha <strong>and</strong><br />

gamma responses to ERPs, <strong>frequency</strong> behaviors can be resolved up to fractions <strong>of</strong> a<br />

second. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, with the election <strong>of</strong> a adequate window, Gabor Transform<br />

is more suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> with a more limited <strong>frequency</strong> content as shown<br />

in the previous chapter with Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, in which the interesting activity was<br />

limited to the lower frequencies <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> (up to 12:5Hz).<br />

67


5 Deterministic Chaos<br />

5.1 Introduction<br />

In the previous chapters I described the application <strong>of</strong> several time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong><br />

to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong>. Since these <strong>methods</strong> are linear, a completely dierent<br />

approach canbeachieved by applying the concepts <strong>of</strong> non-linear dynamics, also known<br />

as Deterministic Chaos theory.<br />

Chaotic systems have an apparently noisy behavior but are in fact ruled by deterministic<br />

laws. They are characterized by their sensibility on initial conditions. That<br />

means, similar initial conditions give completely dierent outcomes after some time.<br />

Since chaotic <strong>signals</strong> look like noise <strong>and</strong> furthermore, since they also have a broadb<strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>frequency</strong> spectrum, linear approaches as the ones described in the previous sections<br />

are sometimes not suitable for their study. Several <strong>methods</strong> were developed in order<br />

to calculate the degree <strong>of</strong> determinism (or r<strong>and</strong>om nature), complexity, chaoticity, etc.<br />

<strong>of</strong> these <strong>signals</strong>. Among these, the Correlation Dimension, Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong><br />

Kolmogorov Entropy have been the most popular. In this chapter I will give a mathematical<br />

background <strong>of</strong> these <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> then I will describe their application to the<br />

study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

The chapter is organized as follows. After a brief denition <strong>of</strong> the basic concepts<br />

related with chaos, the mathematical background for the calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation<br />

Dimension <strong>and</strong> Lyapunov Exponents will be described. In section x5.2.4, I will remark<br />

some problems in the selection <strong>of</strong> computational parameters. One <strong>of</strong> these problems is<br />

the stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal to be studied. In Section x5.3, I will describe a criterion<br />

based on weak stationarity (Blanco et al., 1995a). In section x5.4, I will give a brief<br />

review <strong>of</strong> previous results <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. In sections x5.5 <strong>and</strong> x5.6,<br />

I will show the application <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong> to scalp normal <strong>EEG</strong> recordings <strong>and</strong> to<br />

intracranially recorded Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures (Blanco et al., 1995a,b, 1996a). Finally in<br />

section x5.7, I will discuss about the applicability <strong>and</strong>results <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>analysis</strong> to <strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>signals</strong>.<br />

5.2 Theoretical Background<br />

5.2.1 Basic concepts<br />

Phase space: It is a common practice in physics to represent the evolution <strong>of</strong> a system<br />

in phase spaces. For example, in mechanics,itisvery useful to represent the movement<br />

<strong>of</strong> a system as a pendulum by plotting the position vs. the velocity or more generally,<br />

68


the position vs. the linear momentum. In general, the phase space is identied with a<br />

topological manifold. An n-dimensional phase space is spanned by a set <strong>of</strong> n-dimensional<br />

\embedding vectors", each one dening a point in the phase space, thus representing<br />

the instantaneous state <strong>of</strong> the system. The sequence <strong>of</strong> such states over the time scale<br />

denes a curve in the phase space, called trajectory.<br />

Attractor: In some cases, trajectories <strong>of</strong> dissipative dynamical systems (systems with<br />

a volume contraction in the phase space) converge with increasing time to a bounded<br />

subset <strong>of</strong> the phase space. This bounded region to which all suciently close trajectories<br />

(trajectories lying in the basin <strong>of</strong> attraction) converges asymptotically is called the<br />

attractor (Shuster, 1988). According to their topology, several types <strong>of</strong> attractors can<br />

be distinguished (see Abraham <strong>and</strong> Shaw 1983 Shuster, 1988 Ott et al, 1994 Basar<br />

<strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga, 1998):<br />

1. Fixed Point: Trajectories in phase space tend to a pointatrest. Atypical example<br />

is a damped pendulum that has come to rest after some time.<br />

2. Limit cycle: The attractor is a closed (one dimensional) curve in the phase space<br />

representing a periodic motion. The st<strong>and</strong>ard example is a damped periodically<br />

driven oscillator. circumstances<br />

3. Torus: The attractor is a two-dimensional toroidal surface. This type <strong>of</strong> attractor<br />

represent a quasiperiodic motion where two incommensurable frequencies correspond<br />

to the movement around <strong>and</strong> along the torus.<br />

4. Strange attractor: The main property <strong>of</strong> strange attractors is their sensitive dependence<br />

on initial conditions. Points that are initially close in the phase space,<br />

become exponentially separated after some time. All known strange attractors<br />

have a non-integer dimension. Signals corresponding to strange attractors have a<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om appearance.<br />

5.2.2 Correlation Dimension<br />

The Correlation Dimension (D 2 ) has become the most widely used quantitative parameter<br />

to describe attractors. It is a measure <strong>of</strong> complexity <strong>of</strong>the system related with its<br />

number <strong>of</strong> degrees <strong>of</strong> freedom, or in a more intuitive way with its topological dimension.<br />

It is already a common practice to calculate D 2 <strong>and</strong> to investigate how itchanges upon<br />

dierent . Furthermore, since in principle D 2 converges to nites values for deterministic<br />

systems <strong>and</strong> do not converge in the case <strong>of</strong> a r<strong>and</strong>om signal, D 2 isagoodparameterfor<br />

evaluating the deterministic or noisy inherent nature <strong>of</strong> a system. As we will see later<br />

69


in this chapter, the question <strong>of</strong> a deterministic or noisy nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> keep the<br />

attention <strong>of</strong> many research groups during the last years.<br />

5.2.3 Calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension<br />

I will illustrate briey a proposal made by Grassberger <strong>and</strong> Procaccia (1983) for computing<br />

the correlation dimension D 2 . First <strong>of</strong> all, a phase space must be constructed, this<br />

space being spanned by a set <strong>of</strong> embedding vectors. In the case <strong>of</strong> univariate <strong>signals</strong>, following<br />

a proposal made by Takens (1981) called the \time shift method", n-dimensional<br />

vectors are constructed in the following way:<br />

~x = fx(t)x(t + ):::x(t +(n ; 1) )g (43)<br />

where is a xed time increment <strong>and</strong> n is the embedding dimension. Every instantaneous<br />

state <strong>of</strong> the system is therefore represented by thevector ~x which denes apoint in the<br />

phase-space. Once the phase space is constructed, the correlation integral as a function<br />

<strong>of</strong> variable distances R is dened as:<br />

C(R) = lim<br />

N!1<br />

1 X<br />

(R ;j~x<br />

N 2 i ; ~x j j) (44)<br />

i6=j<br />

where N is the number <strong>of</strong> data points <strong>and</strong> is the Heavyside function. Then C(R)<br />

is a measure <strong>of</strong> the probability that two arbitrary points ~x i , ~x j will be separated by<br />

a distance less than R. Theiler (1986) made a correction to this method in order to<br />

avoid spurious temporal correlations. He proposed that the vectors to be compared<br />

when calculating the correlation integral, should be distanced at least W data points<br />

(ji ; jj >W), where W is a measure <strong>of</strong> the temporal correlation <strong>of</strong> the signal (e.g. the<br />

rst zero <strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function.)<br />

In the case the attractor is a simple curve in the phase space, the number <strong>of</strong> pair <strong>of</strong><br />

vectors whose distance in less than a certain radius R will be proportional to R 1 . In<br />

the case the attractor is a two dimensional surface, C(R) R 2 <strong>and</strong> for a xed point,<br />

C(R) R 0 . Generalizing we can write the following relation:<br />

C(R) R D 2<br />

(45)<br />

then, if the number <strong>of</strong> data <strong>and</strong> the embedding dimension are suciently large we obtain<br />

D 2 = lim<br />

R!0<br />

log C(R)<br />

log R<br />

The main point isthatC(R) behaves as a power <strong>of</strong> R for small R. By plotting log C(R)<br />

versus log R, D 2 can be calculated from the slope <strong>of</strong> the curve. For an attractor with<br />

70<br />

(46)


unknown topology it is necessary to calculate C(R) for several embedding dimensions 6 .<br />

Then, for deterministic <strong>signals</strong>, the correlation dimension D 2 should converge towards<br />

a saturation value, for some n>n o .<br />

Singular Value Decomposition (SVD)<br />

In many occasions the amount <strong>of</strong>noisein a signal makes impossible the calculation<br />

<strong>of</strong> D 2 . One way <strong>of</strong> reducing the noise from the signal is by using the SVD method.<br />

The main idea is to form a matrix from the embedding vectors (eq. 43) <strong>and</strong> then, after<br />

calculating the eigenvectors <strong>and</strong> eigenvalues, to make a reconstruction <strong>of</strong> the signal<br />

by rotating the matrix to a reduced base composed by the eigenvectors considered<br />

signicant. Since the eigenvectors with relative small eigenvalues are supposed to be<br />

dominated by noise, this phase space reduction is a way <strong>of</strong> eliminating noise from the<br />

signal.<br />

5.2.4 Problems arising when calculating the Correlation Dimension<br />

In order to make the phase space reconstruction described in eq. 43 an appropriate time<br />

lag <strong>and</strong> an appropriate embedding dimension n should be chosen. Since an unfortunate<br />

election could lead to wrong results, several criteria were proposed (Blanco et al., 1996a<br />

Abarbanel et al., 1993).<br />

Concerning the time lag, if it is to small, the components in eq. 43 will have nearly the<br />

same value <strong>and</strong> they will not properly span the phase space (redundancy). In the extreme<br />

case, the attractor will be constricted to a diagonal line <strong>and</strong> its topology will be lost. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, if the time lag is very high, the components <strong>of</strong> each embedding vector<br />

will become totally unrelated to each other, thus becoming meaningless (irrelevance).<br />

Several <strong>methods</strong> were developed for estimating the optimal time lag, among them, the<br />

rst zero <strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function has been the most used. This criterion assures<br />

linear independence <strong>of</strong> the components. Some variations were also proposed as for<br />

example the value <strong>of</strong> a certain decay <strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function. Furthermore, for<br />

taking into account non linear eects, criteria based on non-linear correlations were<br />

dened (average <strong>of</strong> mutual information) (Abarbanel et al., 1993 Pjin, 1990). Other<br />

approach was given by Rosenstein et al. (1994), who proposed a geometrical-based<br />

method. The main idea is to look for a time lag that gives an optimal expansion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

embedding vectors with respect to the diagonal in the phase space.<br />

The election <strong>of</strong> a proper n was also subtle to discussion. If n is too small, the attractor<br />

will be not completely unfolded <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong>, if n is too high, calculations<br />

6 In fact, following Takens's proposal the dimension n <strong>of</strong> the embedding phase-space should be chosen<br />

at least twice the dimension <strong>of</strong> the attractor.<br />

71


will be dominated by noise. One rst criteria is to take n > 2D 2 (Takens, 1981). In<br />

this case, the attractor will be completely unfolded but this criterion assumes a previous<br />

estimation <strong>of</strong> D 2 . One solution is then to repeat the calculations for dierent sets <strong>of</strong><br />

embedding dimensions <strong>and</strong> in case <strong>of</strong> nding convergence, then to cheek if this criterion<br />

is fullled. However, this is sometimes dicult to implement because the calculations<br />

do not depend solely on or on n, on the contrary, they depend on the combination<br />

<strong>of</strong> both (Broomhead <strong>and</strong> King, 1986 Mees et al., 1987 Albano et al., 1988 Palus <strong>and</strong><br />

Dvorak, 1992). Then, an estimation <strong>of</strong> a minimum n would be helpful. In this respect,<br />

Kennel et al. (1992) proposed the false nearest neighbors method. The main idea is to<br />

calculate if for a certain n nearest neighbors in the phase space still remain close for a<br />

dimension n +1. If this is not the case, then the attractor was not completely unfolded<br />

<strong>and</strong> the embedding dimension must be higher. The procedure is repeated for increasing<br />

embedding dimensions until neighbors remain close.<br />

Another important problem arises when choosing the linear region in the plots <strong>of</strong><br />

log C(R) vs. log R <strong>and</strong> also in how to calculate the slope. Up to the moment there is<br />

no unique solution to this question <strong>and</strong> dierent groups have dierent approaches for<br />

obtaining the values <strong>of</strong> D 2 from the log C(R) vs. log R plots. Some researchers prefer to<br />

show directly the plots (Pjin et al., 1997) or to limit the calculation to the correlation<br />

integral (eq. 44).<br />

5.2.5 Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong> Kolmogorov Entropy<br />

Another useful tool for characterizing the attractor are the Lyapunov exponents. Lyapunov<br />

exponents provide a quantitative indication <strong>of</strong> the level <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>of</strong> a system.<br />

They measure the mean exponential divergence <strong>of</strong> initially close phase space trajectories<br />

with time. As more rapidly two trajectories diverges for a certain period <strong>of</strong> time,<br />

more chaotic is the system <strong>and</strong> more sensitive to initial conditions.<br />

Let us consider a small spherical hypervolume in the phase space. After a short<br />

time, as trajectories evolve, the sphere will have an ellipsoid shape with its axes deformed<br />

according the Lyapunov exponents. If the system is known to be dissipative, the volume<br />

in the phase space will tend to contract <strong>and</strong> the sum <strong>of</strong> the Lyapunov exponents will be<br />

negative. The longest axis <strong>of</strong> the ellipsoid will correspond to the most unstable direction,<br />

determined by the largest Lyapunov exponent. Usually only this exponent is computed.<br />

If it is positive, trajectories will diverge otherwise, they will get closer reaching a non<br />

chaotic attractor. Following this argument, a necessary condition for a system to be<br />

chaotic is that at least one <strong>of</strong> the exponents (the largest one) is positive. Lyapunov<br />

exponents also give an indication <strong>of</strong> the period <strong>of</strong> time in which predictions are possible<br />

<strong>and</strong> this is strongly related with the concept <strong>of</strong> information theory <strong>and</strong> entropy. In fact,<br />

72


the sum <strong>of</strong> the positive exponents (i.e. the ones giving the rate <strong>of</strong> expansion <strong>of</strong> the<br />

volume), equals the Kolmogorov entropy (Pesin, 1977).<br />

K 2 = X >0<br />

i (47)<br />

5.2.6 Calculating Lyapunov Exponents<br />

Wolf Method<br />

Wolfetal. (1985) proposed an algorithm for calculating the largest Lyapunov exponent.<br />

First, the phase space reconstruction is made (eq.43) <strong>and</strong> the nearest neighbor is<br />

searched for one <strong>of</strong> the rst embedding vectors. A restriction must be made when searching<br />

for the neighbor: it must be suciently separated in time in order not to compute<br />

as nearest neighbors successive vectors <strong>of</strong> the same trajectory. Without considering this<br />

correction, Lyapunov exponents could be spurious due to temporal correlation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

neighbors. Once the neighbor <strong>and</strong> the initial distance (L) is determined, the system is<br />

evolved forward some xed time (evolution time) <strong>and</strong> the new distance (L 0 ) is calculated.<br />

This evolution is repeated, calculating the successive distances, until the separation is<br />

greater than a certain threshold. Then a new vector (replacement vector) is searched as<br />

close as possible to the rst one, having approximately the same orientation <strong>of</strong> the rst<br />

neighbor. Finally, Lyapunov exponents can be estimated using the following formula:<br />

L 1 =<br />

1<br />

(t k ; t 0 )<br />

kX<br />

i=1<br />

ln L0 (t i )<br />

L(t i;1 )<br />

(48)<br />

where k is the number <strong>of</strong> time propagation steps.<br />

Rosenstein Method<br />

Rosenstein et al. (1993) developed another algorithm for the calculation <strong>of</strong> the largest<br />

Lyapunov Exponent in short <strong>and</strong> noisy time series. As before, the rst step is to make<br />

a phase space reconstruction. Then the nearest neighbor for each embedding vector<br />

is found. After this, the system is evolved some xed time <strong>and</strong> the largest Lyapunov<br />

Exponent can be estimated as the mean rate <strong>of</strong> separation <strong>of</strong> the neighbors.<br />

Assuming that the separation is determined by the largest Lyapunov Exponent (),<br />

then at a time t the distance will be:<br />

d(t) C e t (49)<br />

where C is the initial separation. Taking the natural logarithm <strong>of</strong> both sides we obtain:<br />

73


ln d(t) ln C + t (50)<br />

This gives a set <strong>of</strong> parallel lines for the dierent embedding dimensions, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

largest Lyapunov Exponent can be calculated as the mean slope, averaging all the<br />

embedding vectors.<br />

Lyapunov exponents are very sensible to the election <strong>of</strong> the time lag, the embedding<br />

dimension <strong>and</strong> especially to the election <strong>of</strong> the evolution time. If the evolution time is too<br />

short, neighbor vectors will not evolve enough in order to obtain relevant information.<br />

If the evolution time is too large, vectors will \jump" to other trajectories thus giving<br />

unreliable results.<br />

5.3 Stationarity<br />

Due to the fact that Chaos <strong>methods</strong> require stationary <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s are known to<br />

be highly non stationary, I will briey discuss this topic <strong>and</strong> I will propose a criterion <strong>of</strong><br />

stationarity. In principle, non-stationarity means that characteristics <strong>of</strong> the time series,<br />

such as the mean, variance or power spectra, change with time. More technically, if we<br />

have a time series <strong>of</strong> discrete observed values fx 1 x 2 :::x N g, stationarity means that<br />

the joint probability distribution function f 12 (x 1 x 2 ) depends only on the time dierences<br />

jt 1 ; t 2 j <strong>and</strong> not on the absolute values t 1 <strong>and</strong> t 2 (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968). Statistical<br />

tests <strong>of</strong> stationarity have revealed a variety <strong>of</strong> results in <strong>EEG</strong>s, <strong>and</strong> estimates <strong>of</strong><br />

stationary epochs range from some seconds to several minutes (Lopes da Silva, 1993a).<br />

However, whether or not the same data segment is considered stationary, depends on<br />

the problem being studied <strong>and</strong> the type <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> to be performed.<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s, due to the large amount <strong>of</strong> data needed for the application <strong>of</strong><br />

the non linear dynamic <strong>methods</strong>, strict stationarity is almost impossible to achieve. This<br />

problem has brought agreatvariety <strong>of</strong> results exposed by dierent authors (Basar, 1990<br />

Basar <strong>and</strong> Bullock, 1989). A less restrictive requirement, called \weak stationarity" <strong>of</strong><br />

order n, is that the moments up to some order n are fairly stable with time. If the<br />

probability distribution <strong>of</strong> a signal is Gaussian, it can be completely characterized by its<br />

mean ( m ), its variance ( 2 ) <strong>and</strong> its autocorrelation function. In this case, second order<br />

stationarity ( n = 2 ), plus an assumption <strong>of</strong> normality, is enough to assure complete<br />

stationarity (Jenkins <strong>and</strong> Watts, 1968). Consequently, in order to check for stationarity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> segments to be used for <strong>analysis</strong>, the following procedure was used (Blanco<br />

et al., 1995a).<br />

1. The total <strong>EEG</strong> time series was divided in bins with a xed number <strong>of</strong> data. The<br />

election <strong>of</strong> the bin length depends on the type <strong>of</strong> data <strong>and</strong> on the <strong>analysis</strong> to be<br />

74


performed. On one h<strong>and</strong>, must be large enough in order to give a reliable statistic<br />

<strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong> if it is too large, it will not be possible to observe fast<br />

changes.<br />

2. The mean <strong>and</strong> variance for each bin were calculated, <strong>and</strong> zones in which their<br />

values do not have signicant changes (e.g. less than 20%) were selected.<br />

3. Finally, the corresponding histogram for this zone was constructed, <strong>and</strong> the normality<br />

<strong>of</strong> the obtained distribution was veried.<br />

I would like to remark that although the above criterion is arbitrary <strong>and</strong> does not<br />

prove stationarity 7 , it was very useful as a rst approximation in order to select <strong>EEG</strong><br />

data segments to work with, or to reject others with clear non stationary behavior.<br />

However, I would like to stress that in general elaborated statistical criteria can be<br />

hardly fullled by <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. For a more complete discussion about stationarity<br />

related with the application <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>methods</strong>, see for example Schreiber (1997).<br />

Eckman et al. (1987) presented another approach to the problem <strong>of</strong> stationarity by<br />

using the so called recurrence plots. Recurrence plots are based on distance calculations<br />

in the phase space. After a phase space reconstruction, the Euclidean distance between<br />

the embedding vectors (lets say N in total) is calculated. Then, an NxN plot is performed<br />

in the following way: for each pair <strong>of</strong> embedding vectors (i j) (i represented in<br />

the horizontal axis <strong>and</strong> j in the vertical axis) a point is plotted if its distance is less<br />

than a certain value r. Stationary <strong>signals</strong> will be characterized by homogeneous plots<br />

<strong>and</strong> non-stationary <strong>signals</strong> will show inhomogeneities due to varying features <strong>of</strong> the embedding<br />

vectors in the phase space. As an example, Fig. 25 shows the recurrence plot<br />

<strong>of</strong> an stationary one minute <strong>EEG</strong> signal (see Blanco et al., 1995a).<br />

Recurrence plots give an elegant representation <strong>of</strong> the stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal, but<br />

in many occasions their interpretation is subjective <strong>and</strong> further <strong>analysis</strong> is required.<br />

5.4 Short review <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

5.4.1 Correlation Dimension<br />

Since the pioneering work <strong>of</strong> Babloyantz <strong>and</strong> coworkers (Babloyantz, 1985), several<br />

groups started to study the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the brain activity by reconstructing the trajectory<br />

<strong>of</strong> the system in the phase space <strong>and</strong> by calculating parameters as the Correlation<br />

Dimension (D 2 ). Low D 2 values correspond to simple systems <strong>and</strong> high D 2 values to<br />

7 Autocorrelation function is not checked, <strong>and</strong> the choice <strong>of</strong> what is considered as stable mean <strong>and</strong><br />

variances is in fact arbitrary.<br />

75


Figure 25: Recurrence Plot <strong>of</strong> a stationary <strong>EEG</strong> signal. Horizontal axis (i) <strong>and</strong>vertical<br />

axis (j) represent the 3200 embedding vectors obtained from the signal after phase space<br />

reconstruction. A point is plotted in the position (i j) if the distance between vectors<br />

i <strong>and</strong> j is less than a certain value r.<br />

more complex ones this value tending to innity, in theory, in the case <strong>of</strong> noise. D 2<br />

proved to be very useful for characterizing the brain dynamics in dierent sleep states.<br />

It was found that D 2 decreases in deep sleep stages, thus reecting a synchronization <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>EEG</strong> (Babloyantz, 1986, Roschke <strong>and</strong> Aldenho, 1991 Achermann et al., 1994a,b<br />

Pradhan et al., 1995). D 2 was also used for characterizing the brain dynamics doing<br />

mental tasks (Lutzenberger et al., 1995 Molle et al., 1996). Furthermore, D 2 was compared<br />

between normal subjects <strong>and</strong> patients with dierent pathologies, with the general<br />

result that decreases in D 2 are related with abnormal synchronizations <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, as<br />

demonstrated in epilepsy (Blanco et al., 1996a Babloyantz <strong>and</strong> Destexhe, 1986 Pijn<br />

et al., 1991 Iasemidis et al., 1990 Lehnertz <strong>and</strong> Elger, 1995, 1998) <strong>and</strong> other pathologies<br />

as Alzheimer, dementia, Parkinson, depression, schizophrenia or Creutzfeld-Jakob<br />

coma. (Pritchard et al., 1994, Besthorn et al., 1995 Stam et al., 1995, Roschke et al.,<br />

1994 Gallez <strong>and</strong> Babloyantz, 1991). For a more detailed review <strong>of</strong> dierent application<br />

<strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>analysis</strong> in brain <strong>signals</strong> I suggest the works <strong>of</strong> Basar (1989), Pritchard <strong>and</strong><br />

76


Duke (1992) <strong>and</strong> Elbert et al. (1994) <strong>and</strong> Basar <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga (1998).<br />

The Correlation Dimension was also used for characterizing the nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

In principle, converging D 2 values point towards a non-linear deterministic nature<br />

<strong>and</strong> diverging D 2 values would stress the interpretation <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> as noise. First<br />

results showed converging values <strong>of</strong> D 2 in several situations. However, Osborne <strong>and</strong><br />

Provenzale (1989) showed that ltered noise can also give nite D 2 values. Pijn et al.<br />

(1991) proposed the use <strong>of</strong> surrogate tests in order to validate the results obtained with<br />

D 2 . In brief, r<strong>and</strong>om (surrogate) <strong>signals</strong> are constructed from the original one with the<br />

same linear characteristics (<strong>frequency</strong> spectrum) <strong>and</strong> then, converging D 2 values <strong>of</strong> the<br />

original signal should be considered valid, only if the ones <strong>of</strong> the surrogates diverge. By<br />

applying this procedure, they found that values <strong>of</strong> the original <strong>and</strong> surrogate data dier<br />

in the case <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures in the case <strong>of</strong> the normal <strong>EEG</strong>, this <strong>analysis</strong> showing<br />

that it is indistinguishable from Gaussian noise. Achermann et al. (1994a) also reported<br />

no dierences between <strong>EEG</strong> in sleep stages <strong>and</strong> noise.<br />

5.4.2 Lyapunov Exponents<br />

Although the determination <strong>of</strong> the existence <strong>of</strong> a positive Lyapunov exponent could be a<br />

sign<strong>of</strong>chaos, publications about Lyapunov exponents are rare in comparison to the ones<br />

with Correlation Dimension. I will report here some important ndings with Lyapunov<br />

exponents in epilepsy, sleep stages <strong>and</strong> in dierent pathologies.<br />

Epilepsy<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the rst attempts to apply Lyapunov exponents to <strong>EEG</strong> data was done by<br />

Babloyantz <strong>and</strong> Destexhe (1986) using the Wolf method for the evaluation <strong>of</strong> a short<br />

epileptic \Petit Mal" seizure. They obtained a value <strong>of</strong> =2:9 0:6, concluding that<br />

although the attractor has a global stability during an epileptic seizure (due to a very<br />

low Correlation Dimension), the presence <strong>of</strong> a positiveLyapunov exponent shows a great<br />

sensitivity to initial conditions, giving a rich response to external outputs.<br />

Frank et al. (1990) studied a longer \Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal" epileptic seizure. They proposed a<br />

modied version <strong>of</strong> the Wolf method, choosing in a dierent way the replacementvectors<br />

<strong>and</strong> making multiple passes through the time series. They point out that Lyapunov<br />

exponents are sensible to the evolution time <strong>and</strong> to the embedding dimension, reporting<br />

a value <strong>of</strong> =1 0:2 estimated across dierent embedding dimensions.<br />

Iasemidis <strong>and</strong> Sackellares (1991) also used a modied Wolf algorithm <strong>and</strong> analyzed<br />

seizures recorded with subdural electrodes. They observed a drop in the Lyapunov<br />

Exponents during seizures, with greater values (implying a more chaotic state) postictally<br />

than ictally or pre-ictally. Furthermore, they found a phase-locking <strong>of</strong> the focal<br />

77


sites minutes before the starting <strong>of</strong> the seizure, with a progressive phase entrainment <strong>of</strong><br />

the nonfocal ones. They propose this phase-locking as a method for assigning degrees<br />

<strong>of</strong> participation <strong>of</strong> each focal site <strong>and</strong> for classifying their importance in the developing<br />

<strong>of</strong> the seizure. Krystal <strong>and</strong> Weiner (1991), using the same algorithm, obtained similar<br />

results in electroconvulsive therapy seizures.<br />

Sleep<br />

Some groups also had success in evaluating Lyapunov exponents during dierent<br />

sleep stages. Babloyantz (1988) reported positive Lyapunov exponents during deep<br />

sleep, obtaining a value <strong>of</strong> = 0:4 ; 0:8 for stage II <strong>and</strong> a value <strong>of</strong> = 0:3 ; 0:6 for<br />

stage IV.<br />

Principe <strong>and</strong> Lo (1991) reported a greater value <strong>of</strong> = 2:1 for sleep stage II, but<br />

they remark that an accurate value is impossible to obtain because <strong>of</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong><br />

the signal, its time varying nature <strong>and</strong> the sensibility <strong>of</strong> the results with the election <strong>of</strong><br />

the parameters for the calculations.<br />

Roschke et al. (1993), following the modication <strong>of</strong> the Wolf algorithm proposed by<br />

Frank et al. (1990) calculated the Lyapunov exponent <strong>of</strong> recordings from 15 healthy<br />

male subjects in sleep stages I, II, III, IV <strong>and</strong> REM. They found in all cases positive<br />

values, thus stating that <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> are neither quasiperiodic waves, nor simple noise.<br />

They also report a decrement in the Lyapunov exponents as sleep becomes slower.<br />

Roschke et al. (1994) studied dierences in Correlation Dimension <strong>and</strong> Lyapunov<br />

exponents in sleep recordings <strong>of</strong> depressive <strong>and</strong> schizophrenic patients compared with<br />

healthy controls. They mainly found alterations during slow sleep in depression, <strong>and</strong><br />

during REM sleep in schizophrenia.<br />

Other studies<br />

Gallez <strong>and</strong> Babloyantz (1991) analyzed the complete Lyapunov spectrum in awake<br />

\eyes closed" state (alpha waves), deep sleep (stage IV) <strong>and</strong> Creutzfeld-Jakob coma.<br />

They found in all cases studied at least two positive Lyapunov exponents, increasing<br />

this numberuptothreeinthecase<strong>of</strong>alphawaves, implying that alpha waves correspond<br />

to a more complex system than the one present during sleep.<br />

Stam et al. (1995) studied 13 Parkinson <strong>and</strong> 9 demented patients against 9 healthy<br />

subjects by using the Correlation Dimension, the Lyapunov Exponents <strong>and</strong> the Kolmogorov<br />

entropy calculated from a spatial reconstruction <strong>of</strong> the embedding vectors<br />

(multichanneling). They report a value <strong>of</strong> = 6:17 for the control subjects, a similar<br />

value <strong>of</strong> =6:12 (but with lower Correlation Dimension) for Parkinson patients <strong>and</strong> a<br />

signicant lower value <strong>of</strong> =4:84 for demented patients.<br />

Wallenstein <strong>and</strong> Nash (1991) implemented the Wolf algorithm with avarying prop-<br />

78


agation time. They applied this procedure to study ERPs in central <strong>and</strong> parietal<br />

locations, nding lower values in non-target than in target stimulus, without signicant<br />

dierences between electrodes. In the central location (Cz) they report a value <strong>of</strong><br />

=0:397 0:18 for non-target stimulus <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> =0:794 0:44 for the target ones.<br />

Although there is a great variance in the results <strong>of</strong> dierent groups, there is a general<br />

agreement that <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> have at least one positive Lyapunov exponent, implying<br />

that <strong>EEG</strong>s (in case <strong>of</strong> having a deterministic origin) reect a chaotic activity.<br />

5.5 Application to scalp recorded <strong>EEG</strong>s<br />

5.5.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> recordings <strong>of</strong> 6 subjects were studied. Recordings were performed in a \no-task"<br />

awake state with eyes closed. Three <strong>of</strong> these subjects had normal <strong>EEG</strong> recordings ( N1,<br />

N2, N3 ) <strong>and</strong> other three had abnormal ones (A1,A2,A3). The main abnormalities<br />

<strong>of</strong> these last ones were: slow waves, increases in theta rhythms, very low alpha reactivity<br />

<strong>and</strong> important decrease in the alpha/theta ratio.<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>s were digitized using a 8 bits analog-to-digital (A/D) converter. 20 electrodes<br />

were disposed according to the 10 ; 20 system with earlobe references. The data was<br />

sampled with a <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 256 Hz, <strong>and</strong> ltered with a high-pass lter at 0.5 Hz <strong>and</strong><br />

alow-pass lter at 32 Hz. We chose for our <strong>analysis</strong> the central electrodes because they<br />

were the ones less contaminated by artifacts.<br />

5.5.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> this section is to establish some criteria for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong><br />

previous to any calculation with Chaos <strong>methods</strong>. This is done in order to avoid spurious<br />

results due to unfortunate selections <strong>of</strong> the segments <strong>of</strong> data to be analyzed.<br />

The rst step is to choose data segments without artifacts. Then, after selecting<br />

proper zones free <strong>of</strong> artifacts or with very few interruptions, the stationarity <strong>of</strong> the data<br />

can be veried by applying the criteria described in sec. x5.3. In this case, the length <strong>of</strong><br />

the data bins was 1000 data points (about 4 seconds <strong>of</strong> digitized <strong>EEG</strong> signal).<br />

In Fig. 26 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 27 the mean <strong>and</strong> variance for the time series denoted by N1<br />

are showed. In this case, mean <strong>and</strong> variance were considered stable when their changes<br />

were in a range <strong>of</strong> 20% (see sec. 5.3). From these gures it can be concluded that the<br />

stationarity criterion previously proposed is satised between bins 9 <strong>and</strong> 26. Note that<br />

in this case, the variance does not give any restriction about selected bins to be used in<br />

the following <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

79


Figure 26: Mean values for bins <strong>of</strong> 1000 data points for the <strong>EEG</strong> data N1.<br />

Figure 27: St<strong>and</strong>ard deviation for bins <strong>of</strong> 1000 data points for the <strong>EEG</strong> data N1.<br />

Fig. 28 shows that the histogram for this selected segment <strong>of</strong>N1 has approximately<br />

a normal distribution (at least, no higher order moments seem to be relevant).<br />

The algorithm for the calculation <strong>of</strong> Correlation Dimension assumed stationarity <strong>and</strong><br />

noise free time series. Since <strong>EEG</strong>s are usually contaminated by noise it is convenient<br />

prior to the calculation <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension to apply noise reduction techniques<br />

as the Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) (Albano et al., 1988 Broomhead <strong>and</strong> King,<br />

1986)(see sec. x5.2.3). The SVD has the advantage <strong>of</strong> reducing the embedding dimension<br />

<strong>of</strong> the system <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> partially eliminating the noise<strong>of</strong>thesignal.<br />

In Table 4 the total length <strong>of</strong> the series, the stationary portions <strong>and</strong> the results <strong>of</strong><br />

the calculations <strong>of</strong> D 2 <strong>and</strong> are presented. The time lag was chosen as the rst zero<br />

<strong>of</strong> the autocorrelation function <strong>and</strong> the embedding dimension by satisfying the Takens<br />

80


Figure 28: Histogram for the <strong>EEG</strong> data N1 in the selected zone (see text).<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> N 0 N d D e D 2 1<br />

N1 34000 15000 13 5:5 ; 6:0 0:26<br />

N2 32000 13000 13 5:0 ; 6:0 0:23<br />

N3 35000 14000 13 4:5 ; 5:5 0:25<br />

A1 35000 15000 13 4:5 ; 5:5 0:28<br />

A2 34000 14000 13 5:0 ; 5:5 0:26<br />

A3 36000 15000 13 4:5 ; 5:0 0:27<br />

Table 4: Correlation Dimension (D 2 ) <strong>and</strong> maximum Lyapunov exponent ( 1 ) for the<br />

dierent <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> (N means normal recordings <strong>and</strong> A abnormal ones). N 0<br />

is the<br />

total length <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> recordings, N d the length employed for the calculations <strong>and</strong> D e<br />

the embedding dimension.<br />

81


criterion (see sec. x5.2.4). D 2 varied between 4:5 ; 6 without a clear dierence between<br />

normal <strong>and</strong> pathological <strong>EEG</strong> recordings. Maximum Lyapunov exponents were positive<br />

in all the cases giving an evidence <strong>of</strong> chaotic activity (in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> having a<br />

deterministic origin).<br />

5.6 Application to intracranially recorded tonic-clonic seizures<br />

5.6.1 Material <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

The subject <strong>and</strong> data analyzed was described in sec. x3.3. The <strong>EEG</strong> corresponds to a<br />

9-hour intracranial recording from a 21 years old patient with tonic-clonic seizures.<br />

5.6.2 Results <strong>and</strong> Discussion<br />

Figure 7 shows the <strong>EEG</strong> signal corresponding to a segment <strong>of</strong> 64 sec from one depth<br />

electrode in the left hippocampus. As seen in the gure, the epileptic seizure starts<br />

about second 10 <strong>and</strong> nishes about second 54.<br />

In order to study changes in the <strong>EEG</strong> behavior the signal was divided in intervals <strong>of</strong><br />

8 sec as follows: ( i ) pre-seizure (0 ; 8sec) ( ii ) starting <strong>of</strong> the seizure (10 ; 18sec) (<br />

iii ) full development <strong>of</strong> the seizure (21 ; 29sec) <strong>and</strong> (29 ; 37sec) ( iv ) ending <strong>of</strong> the<br />

seizure (37 ; 44sec) <strong>and</strong> (44 ; 52sec).<br />

For these intervals, stationaritywas tested following the criterion described in sec. x5.3.<br />

The length <strong>of</strong> the bins used was <strong>of</strong> 512 data. In the second interval (10 ; 18sec) the<br />

criterion <strong>of</strong> stationarity was not satised due to the fast changes in the <strong>EEG</strong> morphology.<br />

The time delay <strong>and</strong> the minimum embedding dimension were estimated with the<br />

geometrical method introduced by Rosestein <strong>and</strong> the False Nearest Neighbor method,<br />

respectively (see sect. x5.2.4).<br />

Fig. 29 displays the two dimensional projection <strong>of</strong> the phase portraits for the selected<br />

intervals. Each <strong>EEG</strong> segment was characterized by its Correlation Dimensions <strong>and</strong><br />

maximum Lyapunov exponents.<br />

Table 5 shows the stationary zones, optimal time lags , minimum embedding dimensions,<br />

Correlation Dimension <strong>and</strong> maximum Lyapunov exponent for the dierent<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> intervals. These last two parameters were obtained as an average among the corresponding<br />

values obtained for all the considered embedding dimensions. These values<br />

are in good agreement with those given in the literature in background activity <strong>and</strong> in<br />

epileptic seizures (see sec. x5.4).<br />

The seizure is characterized by a drop in the value <strong>of</strong> the maximum Lyapunov exponent.<br />

A similar situation is observed for the Correlation Dimension. From the values<br />

82


Figure 29: Attractors corresponding to the selected zones (see text) during a Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal<br />

seizure.<br />

83


<strong>EEG</strong> segment D e (min) D 2 1<br />

0 ; 8 sec 0:0195 8 4:30 4:6<br />

21 ; 29 sec 0:0156 13 2:60 4:0<br />

29 ; 37 sec 0:0156 10 2:50 4:0<br />

37 ; 44 sec 0:0156 11 2:05 3:5<br />

44 ; 52 sec 0:0156 13 2:15 3:0<br />

Table 5: Optimal value <strong>of</strong> time lag (insec ), minimum embedding dimension D (min)<br />

e ,<br />

Correlation Dimension (D 2 ), <strong>and</strong> maximum Lyapunov exponent ( 1 ) for the stationary<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> segments (Data-set size: N = 2048 see text).<br />

showed in table 5, it can be concluded that the dynamical behavior was more regular<br />

during the seizure.<br />

Summarizing, we found a good evidence that during the epileptic seizure there is<br />

a transition from a complex to a simple dynamical behavior. Furthermore, this result<br />

yields insights with respect to the theory <strong>of</strong> how epileptic seizures occur (i.e.<br />

synchronization <strong>of</strong> the disordered background <strong>EEG</strong> activity).<br />

as a<br />

5.7 Conclusion<br />

Deterministic chaos theory gives an alternative new type <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> compared with<br />

the ones given by the traditional <strong>methods</strong>. However, the application <strong>of</strong> chaos <strong>methods</strong>,<br />

should be done with care in order to avoid misleading results. In this way a right election<br />

<strong>of</strong> parameters required for the calculations is critical.<br />

Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> has several prerequisites, some <strong>of</strong> them making impossible its application<br />

to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. One <strong>of</strong> these prerequisites is the availability <strong>of</strong><br />

long data recordings but on the other h<strong>and</strong>, data must be stationary. Consequently,<br />

chaos <strong>analysis</strong> cannot be applied in nonstationary short data recordings as in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

event-related potentials. In these types <strong>of</strong> series, the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the system is changing<br />

completely in fractions <strong>of</strong> a second due to the eect <strong>of</strong> the stimulus <strong>and</strong> therefore, it has<br />

no sense to dene an attractor <strong>and</strong> to calculate any metric invariant from it.<br />

Since <strong>methods</strong> for calculation <strong>of</strong> D 2 <strong>and</strong> 1 were developed for ideal <strong>signals</strong> (i.e.<br />

innite, noise-free <strong>and</strong> stationary), then, due to the complex structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>s,<br />

results should be considered <strong>of</strong> relative relevance <strong>and</strong>, as suggested by Pritchard <strong>and</strong><br />

Duke (1992), is more realistic to talk about Dimensionality instead <strong>of</strong> Correlation Dimension.<br />

By using this view, several groups reported changes in D 2 <strong>and</strong> 1 values in<br />

dierent brain states <strong>and</strong> pathologies. Nevertheless, these measures seem not to be suit-<br />

84


able for automatic detection processes or on-line <strong>analysis</strong> (Jansen, 1991). Furthermore,<br />

other <strong>methods</strong> turned out to be more suitable for these purposes (see Pjin et al., 1997<br />

Gotman, 1990b).<br />

Since it was reported that ltered noise could lead to converging low D 2 values,<br />

conclusions based on absolute values <strong>of</strong> D 2 should be revised <strong>and</strong> validated. In this<br />

respect, the use <strong>of</strong> surrogate tests (Theiler et. al., 1992) was proposed. Furthermore,<br />

absolute results should be stable with respect to dierent election <strong>of</strong> the parameters<br />

necessary for calculations. This type <strong>of</strong> approach was mainly used for discriminating<br />

between deterministic chaos vs. r<strong>and</strong>om behavior <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>s. In this respect, as I will<br />

discuss in detail in section x7, the failure to validate converging low dimensional values<br />

<strong>of</strong> D 2 with surrogate tests (then proving a low dimensional chaotic nature) implies that<br />

<strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chaos are not suitable for answering this question rather than implying a<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

I would like to remark that I discussed the most used approach <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong><br />

to <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, namely, by means <strong>of</strong> the Correlation Dimension, Lyapunov exponents<br />

or Kolmogorov entropy. Although their results are not so promising as believed before,<br />

Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> is not limited to these invariants <strong>and</strong> alternative non linear approaches as<br />

for example the study <strong>of</strong> chaotic synchronization (Arnhold et al., 1999 Quian Quiroga<br />

et al., 1999c) could lead to interesting results.<br />

85


6 Wavelet-entropy<br />

6.1 Introduction<br />

One very interesting question related with brain activity deals with its nature. Should<br />

brain <strong>signals</strong> be considered as noisy activity or as a deterministic phenomenon with<br />

some degree <strong>of</strong> order? <strong>and</strong> in the latter case, how can we quantify this degree <strong>of</strong> order?<br />

Several approaches were performed in order to shed light on this topic, especially<br />

after the introduction <strong>of</strong> the non-linear dynamics (Chaos) theory to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s<br />

(see section x5).<br />

Another approach to this question is to consider the entropy. The concept <strong>of</strong> thermodynamic<br />

entropy is well known in physics as a measure <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> a system (for<br />

a more detailed physical description see Feynman et al., 1964). Left side <strong>of</strong> g. 30 shows<br />

schematically this idea. In the upper graph (situation A), the molecules <strong>of</strong> a certain gas<br />

are isolated in the left side <strong>of</strong> a recipient because the division was just removed. After<br />

some time (situation B), molecules are subject to a free expansion then lling the whole<br />

recipient. Situation A corresponds to a more ordered state because the molecules are<br />

restricted to the left side therefore, situation A is associated with a lower entropy than<br />

situation B.<br />

Furthermore, for studying the nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> it is very important to consider<br />

how these <strong>signals</strong> behave in several situations. Among these, the study <strong>of</strong> event-related<br />

potentials (i.e. the reaction <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> to an external or internal stimulation)<br />

could shed light on this question. As suggested by Basar (1980), ERPs are due<br />

to selective enhancements or synchronizations <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous brain oscillations <strong>of</strong><br />

the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, thus giving a transition from a disordered to an ordered state (see<br />

section 1.3). Then, a method for measuring the entropy appears as an ideal tool for<br />

quantifying the \ordering" <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> upon stimulation.<br />

Recently, a measure <strong>of</strong> entropy dened from the Fourier power spectrum, the spectral<br />

entropy (Powell <strong>and</strong> Percival, 1979), started to be applied to the study <strong>of</strong> brain <strong>signals</strong><br />

(Inouye et al., 1991, 1993). An ordered activity (i.e. a sinusoidal signal) is manifested<br />

as a narrow peak in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain, thus having low entropy (see situation A in<br />

the right side<strong>of</strong>g.30).On the other h<strong>and</strong>, r<strong>and</strong>om activity has a wide b<strong>and</strong> response<br />

in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain, reected in a high entropy value (situation B in the right side<br />

<strong>of</strong> g. 30). However, since the spectral entropy is based on the Fourier Transform, it<br />

has some disadvantages. As stated in previous chapters, Fourier Transform does not<br />

take into account the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns <strong>and</strong> furthermore, Fourier<br />

Transform requires stationarity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s are highly non-stationary (Lopes<br />

da Silva, 1993a Mpitsos, 1989 Blanco et al., 1995a).<br />

86


ENTROPY<br />

Thermodynamics<br />

Signal <strong>analysis</strong><br />

Situation A<br />

Order<br />

=<br />

low entropy<br />

Fourier<br />

Situation B<br />

Disorder<br />

=<br />

high entropy<br />

Fourier<br />

Figure 30: Entropy in thermodynamics <strong>and</strong> in signal <strong>analysis</strong>.<br />

These disadvantages <strong>of</strong> the Fourier Transform are partially resolved by using the<br />

Gabor Transform (Powell <strong>and</strong> Percival already dened a time evolving entropy from<br />

the Gabor Transform by using a Hanning window). Nevertheless, as already discused in<br />

previous chapters, the selection <strong>of</strong> the window size is critical due to the UncertaintyPrinciple<br />

<strong>and</strong> this limitation becomes important when the signal has transient components<br />

localized in time as in ERPs.<br />

Wavelets haveavarying window size, thus allowing a better time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution<br />

for all the scales. Consequently, a further improvement to the spectral entropy is to<br />

dene the entropy from the Wavelet transform. In the latter case, the time evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns can be followed with an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

In this chapter, I will rst introduce the denition <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet-entropy <strong>and</strong> then I<br />

will describe its application to the study <strong>of</strong> ERPs (Quian Quiroga et al., 1999a,b Rosso<br />

et al., 1998).<br />

87


6.2 Theoretical Background<br />

Although the denition <strong>of</strong> this time evolving entropy can be done from any time<strong>frequency</strong><br />

representation, as Gabor Transform or dierent type <strong>of</strong> wavelets, I will describe<br />

the method from the wavelet coecients C ij (where i denotes time <strong>and</strong> j are the<br />

dierent scales) obtained after applying the multiresolution decomposition method (see<br />

sec. x4.2.3).<br />

Once the coecients C ij are known, the energy for each time i <strong>and</strong> level j can be<br />

calculated as<br />

E ij = C 2 ij (51)<br />

Since the number <strong>of</strong> components for each resolution level is dierent, I will redene<br />

the energy by calculating, for each level, its mean value in successive time windows<br />

(t = 128ms) denoted by the index k which will now give the time evolution. Then,<br />

the energy will be:<br />

E kj = 1 N<br />

i 0<br />

X+t<br />

i=i 0<br />

E ij (52)<br />

where i 0 is the starting value <strong>of</strong> the time window (i 0 =1 1+t 1+2t : : :) <strong>and</strong> N is<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> components in the time window for each resolution level. For every time<br />

window k, the total energy can be calculated as:<br />

E k = X j<br />

E kj (53)<br />

<strong>and</strong> we can dene the quantity<br />

p kj = E kj<br />

E k<br />

(54)<br />

as a probability distribution associated with the scale level j. Clearly, for each time<br />

window k, P j p kj = 1 <strong>and</strong> then, following the denition <strong>of</strong> entropy given by Shannon<br />

(1948), the time varying Wavelet-entropy can be dened as (for further details see Blanco<br />

et al., 1998a):<br />

WS k = ; X j<br />

p kj log 2<br />

p kj (55)<br />

88


6.3 Application to visual event-related potentials<br />

6.3.1 Methods <strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

In 9 voluntary healthy subjects (no neurological decits, no medication known to aect<br />

the <strong>EEG</strong>) two types <strong>of</strong> experiments were performed:<br />

1. No-task visual evoked potential (VEP): subjects were watching a checkerboard<br />

pattern (sidelength <strong>of</strong> the checks: 50'), the stimulus being achecker reversal.<br />

2. Oddball paradigm (NON-TARGET/TARGET stimuli): subjects were watching<br />

the same pattern as above. Two dierent stimuli were presented in a pseudor<strong>and</strong>om<br />

order. NON-TARGET stimuli (75%) were pattern reversal, <strong>and</strong> TARGET<br />

stimuli (25%) consisted in a pattern reversal with horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical displacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> one-half <strong>of</strong> the square side length. Subjects were instructed to pay<br />

attention to the appearance <strong>of</strong> the target stimuli.<br />

In both cases, 200 stimuli were presented <strong>and</strong> the duration <strong>of</strong> each stimulus was<br />

1 second. Recordings were made following the international 10 ; 20 system in seven<br />

dierent electrodes (F3, F4, Cz, P3, P4, O1, O2) referenced to linked earlobes. Data<br />

were amplied with a time constant <strong>of</strong> 1:5sec: <strong>and</strong> a low-pass lter at 70Hz. For each<br />

single sweep, 1sec: pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> were digitized with a sampling rate <strong>of</strong><br />

250Hz <strong>and</strong> stored in a hard disk.<br />

After visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the data, 30 sweeps free <strong>of</strong> artifacts were r<strong>and</strong>omly selected<br />

for each type <strong>of</strong> stimuli (VEP, NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> TARGET) for future <strong>analysis</strong>. A<br />

Wavelet Transform was applied to each single sweep using a quadratic B-Spline function<br />

as mother wavelet. The multiresolution decomposition method (Mallat, 1989) was used<br />

for separating the signal in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s, dened in agreement with the traditional<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s used in physiological <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. After a ve octave wavelet decomposition,<br />

the components <strong>of</strong> the following b<strong>and</strong>s were obtained: 62 ; 125Hz,31; 62Hz<br />

(gamma), 16 ; 31Hz (beta), 8 ; 16Hz (alpha), 4 ; 8Hz (theta) <strong>and</strong> the residues in the<br />

0:5 ; 4Hz b<strong>and</strong> (delta).<br />

For each subject the results <strong>of</strong> the wavelet decomposition <strong>of</strong> the 30 single sweeps<br />

were averaged, obtaining the mean components (C ij ). Finally, from this coecients<br />

the Wavelet-entropy was calculated as described in the previous section. In this case,<br />

since the WS is calculated from the averaged wavelet coecients, only phase-locked<br />

oscillations will contribute to it, the others being cancelled (for the same data, an <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> phase-locking in the alpha b<strong>and</strong> was done in Quian Quiroga et.al., 1999d).<br />

89


Signal WS<br />

X 1 0:15<br />

X 2 0:36<br />

X 3 0:53<br />

Table 6: Wavelet entropy for a sinusoidal signal (X 1 ), for a r<strong>and</strong>om signal (X 3 ) <strong>and</strong> for<br />

a sinusoidal signal with noise (X 2 = 1 (X 2 1 + X 3 )).<br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong><br />

Statistical <strong>analysis</strong> was performed by computing the mean entropy values in the<br />

second pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus. Signicance <strong>of</strong> entropy decreases were calculated for<br />

each electrode <strong>and</strong> stimuli type by comparing minimum pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulation with<br />

t-test comparisons.<br />

6.3.2 Results<br />

The Wavelet entropy (WS) was tested with 3 dierent time series. A: a pure sinusoidal<br />

signal with a <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>of</strong> 12 Hz (X 1 ) B: a r<strong>and</strong>om signal (X 3 ) <strong>and</strong> C: a signal composed<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sum <strong>of</strong> the two previous ones (X 2 ). The r<strong>and</strong>om signal was obtained from a white<br />

noise generator. Table 6 shows the results <strong>of</strong> the WS for the three <strong>signals</strong>. As expected,<br />

the WS is higher for the noisy signal (broad-b<strong>and</strong> spectrum) <strong>and</strong> minimum for the<br />

sinusoidal one (narrow-b<strong>and</strong> spectrum).<br />

The event-related responses <strong>of</strong> one typical subject are shown in gure 31. Only the<br />

central <strong>and</strong> left electrodes are shown, having the right ones similar behavior. Left side<br />

<strong>of</strong> the gure corresponds to VEP, center to NON-TARGET <strong>and</strong> right sidetoTARGET<br />

stimuli. The P100 response is clearly visible upon all stimuli types at about 100 ms,<br />

best dened in occipital locations. In the case <strong>of</strong> TARGET stimulation, a marked<br />

positive peak appears between 400 <strong>and</strong> 500 ms, according to the expected cognitive<br />

P300 response.<br />

Figure 32 shows the results <strong>of</strong> the b<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> total energies for the same subject.<br />

Only the lower <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s are plotted since the higher ones showed no relevant<br />

contribution to the total energy. All stimuli types show alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong> increases in<br />

occipital locations at 100-200 ms, correlated with the P100-N200 complex. Only upon<br />

TARGET stimulation an increase in the posterior locations is visualized in the delta<br />

b<strong>and</strong> at 500-600 ms, this increase being related with the cognitive response(P300).<br />

Results <strong>of</strong> the WS for the same subject are shown in gure 33. Decreases in the<br />

entropy are more signicant in posterior sites upon TARGET stimulation, strongly<br />

90


VEP<br />

Non Target<br />

Target<br />

F3<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

Cz<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

91<br />

P3<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

O1<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

-1sec. 0 1sec. -1sec. 0 1sec. -1sec. 0 1sec.<br />

-20<br />

-10<br />

0<br />

10<br />

20<br />

Figure 31: Evoked responses <strong>of</strong> one typical subject (y-axis values in V ).


500<br />

VEP NON-TARGET TARGET<br />

500<br />

500<br />

Alpha<br />

Theta<br />

Delta<br />

Total<br />

F3<br />

F3<br />

0<br />

500<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

500<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

500<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Cz<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

92<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

P3<br />

500<br />

P3<br />

500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

1000<br />

500<br />

O1<br />

500<br />

O1<br />

500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 32: Total <strong>and</strong> b<strong>and</strong> energy for the recordings <strong>of</strong> the previous gure.


1<br />

VEP NON-TARGET TARGET<br />

1<br />

1<br />

F3<br />

F3<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Cz<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

93<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

P3<br />

P3<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

O1<br />

O1<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 33: Wavelet Entropy corresponding to the same recording.


correlated with the denition <strong>of</strong> the P300 response. There are no decreases <strong>of</strong> entropy<br />

correlated with the P100 response. This is consistent with the distribution <strong>of</strong> energy<br />

described in g. 32, since the P100 peaks have a wide-b<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> composition<br />

corresponding to alpha <strong>and</strong> theta oscillations. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, the P300 response<br />

corresponded only to delta oscillations, thus having a lower entropy. It is very interesting<br />

to note that the results <strong>of</strong> the entropy are not directly related with the ones <strong>of</strong> the energy.<br />

This can be clearly seen, for example, by analyzing the TARGET response <strong>of</strong> electrode<br />

O1, where there is a high energy increase at about 200ms without signicant changes in<br />

the entropy for this time.<br />

Considering the whole group <strong>of</strong> subjects, the gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the WS is shown in<br />

gure 34. As pointed out with the typical subject, posterior decreases are observable<br />

upon TARGET stimulation at about 600 ms, these decreases being clearly correlated<br />

with the denition <strong>of</strong> the P300 response. On the contrary, P100 peaks produced no<br />

relevant decreases in the entropy since they corresponded to a wider range <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

In order to verify statistically the decreases <strong>of</strong> entropy correlated with the P300<br />

responses, pre- <strong>and</strong> post-stimulus mean entropy values were compared by using t-tests.<br />

As shown in gure 35, entropies are signicantly decreased in posterior electrodes upon<br />

TARGET stimulation. Then, entropy decreases respond to a dynamical process related<br />

with the stimulation, rather than to r<strong>and</strong>om uctuations.<br />

6.3.3 Discussion<br />

Results <strong>of</strong> the calculation <strong>of</strong> the WS in dierent digitally generated <strong>signals</strong> conrmed<br />

the expected correlation between the WS <strong>and</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong> them, being high for<br />

the r<strong>and</strong>om signal <strong>and</strong> low for the sinusoidal one. This shows that WS could be used as<br />

a measure for describing the behavior <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, since a noisy activity will have<br />

a broadb<strong>and</strong> spectrum <strong>and</strong> consequently a high entropy, <strong>and</strong> on the other side, more<br />

ordered activity as a sinusoidal signal will have lower entropy. Then, WS gives a new<br />

approach to the measure <strong>and</strong> quantication <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> a system, its physiological interpretation<br />

being very interesting due to its relation with tuning <strong>of</strong> cell groups involved<br />

in the generation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> signal.<br />

Entropy in signal <strong>analysis</strong><br />

The concept <strong>of</strong> entropy emerged last century as a useful state function applied to<br />

the study <strong>of</strong> the thermodynamic <strong>of</strong> gases (Feynman, 1964). Furthermore, entropy was<br />

related with the order <strong>of</strong> a system <strong>and</strong> its applications rapidly exp<strong>and</strong>ed to several disciplines<br />

due to its very interesting meanings. One important milestone was the introduction<br />

<strong>of</strong> the theory <strong>of</strong> communication (Shannon, 1948 see also Feynman, 1996) relating<br />

94


1<br />

VEP NON-TARGET TARGET<br />

1<br />

1<br />

F3<br />

F3<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Cz<br />

Cz<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

95<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

P3<br />

P3<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

O1<br />

O1<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

0<br />

-1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0<br />

Figure 34: Gr<strong>and</strong> average <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Entropy.


1.0<br />

F3<br />

1.0<br />

F4<br />

Pre-stim<br />

Post-stim<br />

0.5<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

1.0<br />

Cz<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

P3<br />

**<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

1.0<br />

P4<br />

*<br />

0.5<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

O1<br />

1.0<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

1.0<br />

** **<br />

0.5<br />

0.0<br />

VEP NT T<br />

VEP NT T<br />

O2<br />

* p


<strong>and</strong> the Lorenz equations (a model <strong>of</strong> Rayleigh-Benard convection). By changing the<br />

control parameters <strong>of</strong> the models, they showed increases <strong>of</strong> the spectral entropy upon<br />

the disordering <strong>of</strong> the systems in their route to chaoticity.<br />

Inouye <strong>and</strong> coworkers (1991, 1993) introduced the spectral entropy to the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. From the spectral entropy they dened an irregularity index<strong>and</strong> they<br />

reported in rest <strong>EEG</strong>s, more irregularityinanterior than in occipital areas. Furthermore,<br />

they reported a greater degree <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> desynchronization during mental arithmetic in<br />

comparison with rest <strong>EEG</strong>. Stam <strong>and</strong> coworkers (Stam et al., 1993) instead, dened an<br />

accelaration spectrum entropy from the second derivative <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> they reported<br />

dierences <strong>of</strong> this measure in dementia, Parkinson disease (Jelles et al., 1995) <strong>and</strong> during<br />

mental activation (Thomeer et al., 1994).<br />

Blanco et al. (1998a) proposed a further improvement by dening the entropy from<br />

the Wavelet Transform due to its advantages over the Fourier transform. Among these,<br />

the most important one is that the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the entropy can be followed. Since<br />

the entropy is dened from the time-<strong>frequency</strong> representation <strong>of</strong> the signal, the nearly<br />

optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform is crucial for having an<br />

accurate measure. This is particularly important in the case <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials,<br />

in which the relevant response is limited to a fraction <strong>of</strong> a second. Furthermore, Wavelet<br />

Transform lacks <strong>of</strong> the requirement <strong>of</strong> stationarity.<br />

I showed the application <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet-entropy (WS) to the study <strong>of</strong> ERPs. WS<br />

proved to be a very useful tool for characterizing the event-related responses, furthermore,<br />

the information obtained with the WS probed not to be trivially related with the<br />

energy <strong>and</strong> consequently with the amplitude <strong>of</strong> the signal. This means that with this<br />

method, new information can be accessed with an approach dierent from the traditional<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> amplitude <strong>and</strong> delays <strong>of</strong> the event-related responses.<br />

WS as a measure <strong>of</strong> resonance in the brain<br />

Following the resonance theory, the ERP can be seen as an evoked synchronization,<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> stabilization, <strong>frequency</strong> selective enhancement <strong>and</strong>/or phase reordering <strong>of</strong> the<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>, <strong>and</strong> it should not be interpreted as an additive component to a noisy<br />

background <strong>EEG</strong> (see sec. x1.3).<br />

WS appears as an ideal tool for measuring the synchronization <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations<br />

upon stimulation. In this context, synchronization means that the group <strong>of</strong> cells<br />

involved in the generation <strong>of</strong> the response react to the stimulation tuned in <strong>frequency</strong>.<br />

That means, they produce a narrow b<strong>and</strong> in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain <strong>and</strong> consequently<br />

they are correlated with a decrease in the entropy. Basar (1980) already mentioned<br />

the importance <strong>of</strong> the entropy for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the relation between the pre-stimulus<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> the event-related responses by making an analogy with the concept<br />

97


<strong>of</strong> magnetization in physics.<br />

WS is a natural measure <strong>of</strong> the resonance phenomena (see section x1.3). Resonance is<br />

related with a decrease <strong>of</strong> entropy, since only some <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous oscillations <strong>of</strong> the<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> will be enhanced, thus giving a more ordered <strong>frequency</strong> distribution than<br />

the broadb<strong>and</strong> spectrum <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. This relation was showed with the simulations<br />

described in table 1, in whose noisy (broadb<strong>and</strong>) <strong>signals</strong> had higher entropy than the<br />

ones corresponding to ordered (narrowb<strong>and</strong>) behaviors.<br />

Study <strong>of</strong> the P100-N200 complex<br />

In agreement with previous ndings (overview in Regan, 1989), the P100 peak was<br />

best dened in occipital locations. Furthermore, its task independence (at least the one<br />

related with the TARGET stimuli) points towards a relation between this response <strong>and</strong><br />

primary sensory rocessing.<br />

According to the resonance theory, it is very interesting to analyze the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> the dierent evoked peaks in order to underst<strong>and</strong> the response mechanisms<br />

involved in its generation. The distribution <strong>of</strong> energy in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain<br />

showed that the P100-N200 responses corresponded to a wide range <strong>of</strong> frequencies mostly<br />

in the alpha <strong>and</strong> theta b<strong>and</strong>s. These responses did not produce any signicant decreases<br />

<strong>of</strong> entropy compared with the one <strong>of</strong> the normal ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to its wide-b<strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong><br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> the involved generators.<br />

The involvement <strong>of</strong> alpha <strong>and</strong> theta oscillation in the generation <strong>of</strong> these peaks was<br />

already described by Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar (1985), who obtain a similar result by digitally<br />

ltering auditory evoked potential in humans.<br />

Study <strong>of</strong> the P300 response<br />

According to previous evidence (Regan, 1989 Polich <strong>and</strong> Kok, 1995 Basar-Eroglu et<br />

al., 1992), the P300 positive deection was observed upon TARGET stimuli, best dened<br />

in parietal <strong>and</strong> occipital electrodes at about 500-600 ms. These responses, traditionally<br />

related with a cognitive process, showed a signicant decrease in the WS since they<br />

involved only delta generators. Although the correlation between the P300 <strong>and</strong> the<br />

entropy decreases was clear due to their common appearance only upon TARGET stimuli<br />

<strong>and</strong> their posterior localization, a dierence <strong>of</strong> about 100-200 ms was observed between<br />

them. This is because after the P300 there is a positive slow rebound in the delta range<br />

(see g. 3). Consequently, although the minimum <strong>of</strong> the P300 is at about 400-500 ms,<br />

the P300 complex can be viewed as a delta wave extending up to larger latencies. A<br />

similar observation was made by Stampfer <strong>and</strong> Basar (1985), who after ltering in the<br />

delta b<strong>and</strong> the TARGET stimuli <strong>of</strong> an oddball paradigm in auditory ERP, described<br />

the presence <strong>of</strong> a negative deection at about 600 ms as a continuation <strong>of</strong> the positive<br />

98


P300 deection.<br />

Due to the relation between the P300 <strong>and</strong> the decreases in the entropy, it can be<br />

tentatively assumed that the cognitive (P300) response involves a higher degree <strong>of</strong> order<br />

than the one related with the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> the one related with the P100 response.<br />

From this, we can postulate that the cognitive response is possibly related with a tuning<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations, thus giving a narrower <strong>frequency</strong> response reected in a low<br />

entropy value. However, this conjecture should be veried with more subjects <strong>and</strong> with<br />

dierent experiments. Furthermore, since in this case the WS was dened from the<br />

mean wavelet coecients (after averaging the coecients <strong>of</strong> the single trials) we can<br />

not discard the possibility <strong>of</strong> other oscillations being present in a non phase-locked way<br />

(therefore their contribution being cancelled when averaging).<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> delta oscillations in the generation <strong>of</strong> the P300 was reported<br />

in several previous works. Basar-Eroglu et al. (1992) by using an auditory oddball<br />

paradigm in 10 subjects, pointed out the importance <strong>of</strong> delta oscillators in the generation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the P300, suggesting that they are related mainly with decision making <strong>and</strong> matching.<br />

Schurmann et al. (1995), also remarked the importance <strong>of</strong> delta oscillations in the<br />

generation <strong>of</strong> the P300, nding also delta enhancement uponTARGET responses in the<br />

single trials. Furthermore, they obtain better averaged responses by selectively averaging<br />

single trials with an enhanced delta response. A similar result was recently reported by<br />

Demiralp et al. (1999), who after applying a wavelet multirresolution decomposition to<br />

evoked responses, used the delta coecients as discriminators between good <strong>and</strong> bad<br />

single trials.<br />

6.4 Conclusions<br />

Wavelet-entropy proved to be a very useful tool for characterizing the event-related<br />

responses. With this method a new approach to the measure <strong>of</strong> order/noise <strong>of</strong> a system<br />

can be achieved 8 . Up to now, this type <strong>of</strong> descriptions were merely based on Chaos<br />

<strong>analysis</strong>. However, these <strong>methods</strong> have several prerequisites, some <strong>of</strong> them making their<br />

application to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> impossible. One <strong>of</strong> these prerequisites is the<br />

data length. Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> cannot be applied to short data recordings as in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

event-related potentials. In this type <strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the system is changing<br />

completely in fractions <strong>of</strong> a second duetotheeect<strong>of</strong> the stimulus, <strong>and</strong> then it has no<br />

sense to dene an attractor <strong>and</strong> to calculate parameters as the Correlation Dimension,<br />

8<br />

We should remark that high WS values does not necesarily mean noise since for example chaotic<br />

deterministic systems also have a broadb<strong>and</strong> spectra. However, <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> how the <strong>EEG</strong> gets tuned in<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> after stimulation is directly related with the question <strong>of</strong> the deterministic/r<strong>and</strong>om nature <strong>of</strong><br />

it as it will be further discussed in sec.7.1.3.<br />

99


Lyapunov Exponent or Kolmogorov Entropy from them.<br />

Previous <strong>methods</strong> for measuring the spectral entropy from the Fourier Transform are<br />

also not suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> ERPs. This is because the Fourier Transform requires<br />

stationarity <strong>of</strong> the signal, <strong>and</strong> can not describe the time evolution <strong>of</strong> the frequencies.<br />

In this context, the denition <strong>of</strong> a time-varying entropy allowed the study <strong>of</strong> the time<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the \ordering" <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to stimulation, thus making possible<br />

the correlation between changes in entropy <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> sensory/cognitive processes<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ERPs.<br />

The information obtained with the Wavelet-Entropy turned out not to be trivially<br />

related with the energy. This means that with this method, new information can be<br />

accessed with a dierent approach than the one obtained by making the traditional<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> amplitude <strong>of</strong> the evoked responses.<br />

WS appears as a natural measure <strong>of</strong> order in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. This is very interesting<br />

in order to study synchronizations upon dierent stimuli as in the case <strong>of</strong> ERPs. Taking<br />

into account the resonance theory, WS can measure the degree <strong>of</strong> synchronicity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

cell groups involved in the dierent responses.<br />

Further implementations <strong>of</strong> the method are in progress in order to optimize the<br />

results by having more <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s. This would allow a more accurate denition <strong>of</strong><br />

the entropy <strong>and</strong> moreover will allow the denition <strong>of</strong> the entropy for dierent <strong>frequency</strong><br />

b<strong>and</strong>s. However, we would like to remark that in the case <strong>of</strong> ERPs this is not so easy<br />

to achieve since a high time resolution is needed, thus limiting the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution<br />

due to the uncertainty principle.<br />

100


7 General Discussion<br />

In this chapter I will rst discuss how the results described in this thesis are related<br />

with several questions <strong>of</strong> neurophysiology, so far still unresolved with the traditional<br />

approaches. The joining <strong>of</strong> evidence obtained with the described <strong>methods</strong> sheds lighton<br />

these topics <strong>and</strong> allows the conjecture <strong>of</strong> physiological mechanisms. In the second part <strong>of</strong><br />

this chapter I will compare these <strong>methods</strong>, stressing their advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages<br />

when applied to the study <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

7.1 Physiological considerations<br />

7.1.1 Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures<br />

Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures leads to the general result that during seizures a<br />

transition from a complex system to a simpler one takes place.<br />

On the other h<strong>and</strong>, by using the RIR dened from the Gabor Transform, I showed<br />

<strong>and</strong> quantied a well dened <strong>frequency</strong> behavior during seizures. Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures<br />

were dominated by alpha <strong>and</strong> theta frequencies. Delta oscillations decreased during them<br />

<strong>and</strong> had an abrupt increase correlated with the clonic phase. With Wavelet Packets,<br />

I showed with a better resolution the temporal evolution <strong>of</strong> these <strong>frequency</strong> patterns<br />

<strong>and</strong> it was possible to establish that the low <strong>frequency</strong> activity (3 ; 4Hz) related with<br />

the rhythmic contractions <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase, was in fact originated by the \slowing"<br />

<strong>of</strong> higher frequencies (at least 8 ; 9Hz). Then, during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures there is<br />

a clear <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics: some seconds after the starting <strong>of</strong> the seizure alpha <strong>and</strong><br />

theta activity dominates, these oscillations later becoming slower <strong>and</strong> when they are<br />

in the limit <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> (about 3 ; 4Hz) the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the seizure starts<br />

<strong>and</strong> delta activity has an abrupt increase dominating the <strong>EEG</strong> recording. Moreover,<br />

it is reasonable to conjecture that the violent contractions <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase are the<br />

response to brain oscillations that are generated in higher frequencies, but owing to<br />

the fact that muscles cannot react so fast, muscle activity is then limited to a tonic<br />

contraction (muscular tension) until brain oscillations become slower <strong>and</strong> muscles are<br />

capable <strong>of</strong> contracting in resonance with them.<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> pattern described is in agreement with studies in animals <strong>and</strong> with<br />

computer simulations. Furthermore, it would be very interesting to investigate possible<br />

causes <strong>of</strong> this behavior. Neuronal fatigue is one <strong>of</strong> the most plausible explanations.<br />

The ring <strong>of</strong> a neuron is produced as a response to excitatory inputs <strong>of</strong> neighboring<br />

neurons. This connection is done mainly by means <strong>of</strong> synaptical processes generated<br />

by neurotransmitters produced in the neurons. During an epileptic seizure there is an<br />

101


abnormal ring <strong>of</strong> the neurons, reected in high amplitude paroxysms as spikes or more<br />

generally in a marked increase <strong>of</strong> the overall amplitude <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Then, if the neurons<br />

are not capable <strong>of</strong> generating the necessary amount <strong>of</strong> neurotransmitters for sustaining<br />

this uncommon intensive ring, synaptical connections will decrease <strong>and</strong> excitatory input<br />

can not be transmitted. This process, known as neuronal fatigue, produces a change<br />

in the oscillatory behavior <strong>of</strong> cell groups, probably leading to the described \slowing"<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures. It can be also conjectured that<br />

this <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics is due to a recruitment <strong>of</strong> GABA inhibitory channels, variation<br />

in the neurotransmitter balance, etc. Results in this respect should be validated <strong>and</strong><br />

compared with <strong>analysis</strong> in intracranial recordings.<br />

I also showed with the mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies, dened from the<br />

Gabor Transform, the presence <strong>of</strong> a low amplitude but well dened peak in the delta<br />

b<strong>and</strong> (1 ; 3Hz) during a seizure (referred to as a latent pacemaker). Then, based on the<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> dynamics previously described, it is possible to conjecture that oscillations in<br />

the range <strong>of</strong> the alpha or theta b<strong>and</strong> characteristic <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, once they start<br />

to oscillate in the range <strong>of</strong> the delta b<strong>and</strong> (after the \slowing" process), they provoke<br />

an abrupt increase <strong>of</strong> the delta activity duetoaresonance phenomenon with the latent<br />

delta pacemaker. This resonance <strong>and</strong> massive synchronization would be responsible <strong>of</strong><br />

the starting <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase <strong>of</strong> the seizure.<br />

7.1.2 Event-related responses<br />

Alpha responses to visual event-related potentials were studied with the Wavelet Transform.<br />

Since the sources <strong>and</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> alpha oscillations are still subject to discussion,<br />

the aim <strong>of</strong> this approach was to obtain more information about this topic by using a<br />

new <strong>and</strong> powerful method, namely wavelets. In this context, I showed that stimulation<br />

leads to alpha enhancements visualized upon all electrodes with some signicant delays<br />

between the anterior <strong>and</strong> posterior locations. Enhancements were signicantly higher in<br />

occipital locations, had short latency <strong>and</strong> were statistically independent <strong>of</strong> the stimulus<br />

type (one <strong>of</strong> them requiring a cognitive process), thus pointing towards a relation between<br />

alpha oscillations <strong>and</strong> sensory (i.e. \pre-cognitive") processing. Furthermore, the<br />

delay dierences between responses in dierent electrodes imply that event-related alpha<br />

oscillations have several sources, thus ruling out the hypothesis <strong>of</strong> a unique generator<br />

<strong>and</strong> propagation by volume conduction. It is interesting to remark that the resolution<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform was crucial for achieving statistical signicance <strong>of</strong> the results.<br />

However, it is important tomention that \alpha oscillations" is a concept that include<br />

several type <strong>of</strong> dierent processes <strong>and</strong> the previous interpretation should not be taken<br />

as exclusive or general description <strong>of</strong> them.<br />

102


Wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> was also applied to study the gamma responses to bimodal stimulation<br />

(simultaneous auditory <strong>and</strong> visual stimulation). This <strong>analysis</strong> showed a signicant<br />

enhancement <strong>of</strong> the responses upon bimodal stimulus in comparison with unimodal ones<br />

(auditory <strong>and</strong> visual separately). Then, it was possible to conjecture a relation between<br />

gamma oscillations <strong>and</strong> a fast process responsible <strong>of</strong> carrying the information that the<br />

two sensory perceptions <strong>of</strong> a bimodal stimulation correspond in fact to the same stimulus.<br />

Finally, a very interesting <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the event-related responses was accessed by<br />

the Wavelet-entropy. By seeing the ERP as a synchronization or selective enhancement<br />

<strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations, the WS appears as a natural method for<br />

obtaining a quantitative measure <strong>of</strong> the ordering <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> spontaneous oscillations<br />

due to stimulation. Following this view, the P300 response, traditionally related with<br />

cognitive processes, seems to be related with a \tuned" response <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> oscillations. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, P100 responses were related with oscillations not \tuned" in <strong>frequency</strong>,<br />

thus having a wider <strong>frequency</strong> composition.<br />

7.1.3 Are <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> chaos or noise?<br />

First reports <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> on <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> showed convergence <strong>of</strong> the Correlation<br />

Dimension (D 2 ) to small values, thus claiming that <strong>EEG</strong> dynamics correspond to low<br />

dimensional deterministic chaos. After the nding that ltered noise can also have<br />

convergent low dimensional D 2 values, other works stressed the necessity <strong>of</strong> validation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the metric estimates by means <strong>of</strong> surrogates tests. In this direction, it was stated<br />

that the nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> is indistinguishable from noise.<br />

In order to deal with this dispute, in the following I will discuss about noise as<br />

an inherent property <strong>of</strong> the system under study, <strong>and</strong> not about noise produced by the<br />

surrounding or by limitations <strong>of</strong> the measuring systems (ampliers, etc.). In principle<br />

we can state that a system is r<strong>and</strong>om when we cannot predict its outcome, but in fact<br />

the concept <strong>of</strong> noise is an idealization since it depends on our ability for analyzing the<br />

system (I am excluding in this discussion problems related with quantum mechanics<br />

<strong>and</strong> the uncertainty principle). For example, if from the spin, the initial impulse, the<br />

mechanical laws, etc., we can calculate the evolution <strong>of</strong> a coin ipped in the air, then<br />

its outcome will not be r<strong>and</strong>om.<br />

In the past, the dynamics <strong>of</strong> air convections <strong>of</strong> the atmosphere, for example, was considered<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om, until Lorenz (1969) showed that it can be modeled by three dierential<br />

equations, thus being deterministic. Chaos theory has grown very fast, developing new<br />

<strong>methods</strong> that showed how many systems, in former times considered noise, have in fact<br />

a deterministic chaotic nature. One <strong>of</strong> the most used <strong>methods</strong> for distinguishing deter-<br />

103


ministic chaos <strong>and</strong> noise is the D 2 . However, this method was in principle developed for<br />

stationary, noise-free <strong>and</strong> long data sets. Several eorts were made in order to adapt<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> to these requirements with dierent results, among them, singular value<br />

decomposition, alternative phase space reconstructions (multichanneling), ltering, etc.<br />

But, if it is impossible to distinguish <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> from noise with \chaos <strong>methods</strong>", is<br />

it because the <strong>EEG</strong> corresponds to a noisy phenomenon, or is it because the available<br />

<strong>methods</strong> are not suitable for analyzing the nature <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>s? It is like the question<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ipped coin. Is this phenomenon r<strong>and</strong>om, or is it that we don't have the ability,<br />

or a suitable method to study it?<br />

Probably neurophysiological evidence could give more straightforward evidence to<br />

resolve this dispute. In fact, <strong>EEG</strong> alpha oscillations are blockade with eyes opening<br />

external or internal stimulation lead to evoked responses that are reproducible upon<br />

similar conditions pre-stimulus <strong>EEG</strong> inuences evoked responses (Basar, 1980) <strong>EEG</strong><br />

activity can be synchronized in sleep or in pathologies as epilepsy. In summary, <strong>EEG</strong><br />

patterns have reproducible clear changes upon dierent conditions.<br />

Since all these experiments point towards a deterministic origin <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, then,<br />

in my opinion, the question about a noisy origin <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s based on results obtained<br />

with <strong>methods</strong> as the D 2 should be restricted to a discussion <strong>of</strong> the possibilities <strong>of</strong> these<br />

<strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> not to a discussion about the nature <strong>of</strong> the signal.<br />

7.2 Comparison <strong>of</strong> the <strong>methods</strong><br />

In principle, there is not a \best method" for quantitative <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. The<br />

selection <strong>of</strong> the adequate method will depend on the type <strong>of</strong> signal to be studied <strong>and</strong> on<br />

the questions expected to be answered.<br />

7.2.1 Fourier Transform vs. Gabor Transform<br />

Fourier Transform gives a representation in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain. This allows the visualization<br />

<strong>of</strong> periodicities that would be dicult to observe from the <strong>EEG</strong>, especially when<br />

several rhythms occur simultaneously. Frequencies are grouped in b<strong>and</strong>s, their total or<br />

relative power <strong>and</strong> their topographical distribution constituting the main quantitative<br />

method <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. This procedure was adapted to several commercial systems<br />

<strong>and</strong> has been used as a diagnostical tool in medical centers. It is important to<br />

remark that the grouping in <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s is not arbitrary because it was shown that<br />

these b<strong>and</strong>s can be related to dierent functions, sources <strong>and</strong> pathologies.<br />

However, Fourier Transform gives no information about the time <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns. Moreover, transients localized in time in the original signal will<br />

104


aect the whole spectrum <strong>and</strong> for this reason, in order to avoid spurious eects in the<br />

Fourier spectrum, <strong>signals</strong> must be stationary. This is particularly important in the case<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> due to the presence <strong>of</strong> artifacts. Artifacts are alterations (usually <strong>of</strong> high<br />

amplitude) <strong>of</strong> the ongoing <strong>EEG</strong> due to causes not related with the brain activity (e.g.<br />

blinking, head movements, etc.) <strong>and</strong> they give spurious eects in the Fourier spectrum<br />

that can lead to misinterpretations. In the case <strong>of</strong> analyzing background <strong>EEG</strong>s, this<br />

is partially resolved by selecting small \artifact free" segments <strong>of</strong> data, later averaging<br />

the spectrum <strong>of</strong> the selected segments. However, this widely used procedure is very<br />

subjective because it requires the decision <strong>of</strong> what should be considered an appropriate<br />

segment to be analyzed (i.e. which segments are representative <strong>of</strong> the whole <strong>EEG</strong>?).<br />

An easy <strong>and</strong> intuitive way to obtain a time evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns is by<br />

making the Fourier spectrum <strong>of</strong> successive segments (\windows") <strong>of</strong> data, then plotting<br />

them as a function <strong>of</strong> time. This procedure is called the Short <strong>Time</strong> Fourier Transform<br />

or Gabor Transform <strong>and</strong> the plots obtained are called spectograms. The problem <strong>of</strong><br />

stationarity ispartially resolved by taking short windows. Spectograms give an elegant<br />

representation <strong>of</strong> the signal <strong>and</strong> they are suitable for visualizing large scale <strong>frequency</strong><br />

variations (i.e. <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> minutes or hours) as for example for studying sleep stages.<br />

However, as I showed in section x3, they are not suitable for analyzing epileptic seizures,<br />

in which the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns change in the order <strong>of</strong> seconds.<br />

In this context, the introduction <strong>of</strong> the b<strong>and</strong> relative intensity ratio (RIR) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

mean <strong>and</strong> maximum b<strong>and</strong> frequencies, allowed a more detailed study <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

behavior during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal epileptic seizures, as already summarized in section x7.1.1.<br />

Furthermore, with these quantitative parameters it was possible to make a statistical<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> behavior in several scalp recorded seizures. Other interesting<br />

point to mention is that although in scalp recordings <strong>of</strong> Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures muscle<br />

activity obscures completely the <strong>EEG</strong>, it was possible to study the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns<br />

by leaving aside the high <strong>frequency</strong> components related with muscle artifacts, thus<br />

obtaining a very interesting quantitative <strong>frequency</strong> pattern that keeps \hidden" with<br />

the traditional <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> recordings.<br />

7.2.2 Gabor Transform vs. Wavelet Transform<br />

Gabor Transform gives an optimal representation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> in the time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

domain. However, one critical limitation arises when choosing the size <strong>of</strong> the window to<br />

be applied due to the Uncertainty Principle. If the window is too narrow, the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution will be poor, <strong>and</strong> if the window is too wide, the time localization will be<br />

not so precise. In fact, frequencies can not be resolved instantaneously. Then, for slow<br />

processes a wide window will be necessary <strong>and</strong> for data involving fast processes, a narrow<br />

105


window will be more suitable. Due to its xed window size, Gabor Transform is not<br />

optimal for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> having dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

The main advantage <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform is that the size <strong>of</strong> the window isvariable,<br />

being wide when studying low frequencies <strong>and</strong> narrow when studying the high ones.<br />

Then, the time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution is automatically adapted (see appendix xA.3), thus<br />

being an optimal method for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> involving dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

Furthermore, due to their adapted window size, wavelets lacks <strong>of</strong> the requirement <strong>of</strong><br />

stationarity.<br />

Wavelet Transform consists in making a correlation between the original signal <strong>and</strong><br />

scaled versions <strong>of</strong> the same \mother function". This mother function can be chosen<br />

between a wide range <strong>of</strong> options each one having dierent characteristics that can be<br />

more or less appropriate depending on the signal to be analyzed. At this respect, B-<br />

Spline functions were very suitable for analyzing <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> due to their compact<br />

support <strong>and</strong> smoothness.<br />

Successive correlations <strong>of</strong> the signal to be studied with scaled versions <strong>of</strong> the wavelet<br />

function (<strong>and</strong> their complementary function) can be arranged in a hierarchical scheme<br />

allowing the decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal in dierent scales (<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s). This<br />

method, the multiresolution decomposition, allowed the study <strong>of</strong> the alpha responses<br />

to visual event-related potentials <strong>and</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> the gamma responses upon bimodal<br />

stimulation.<br />

The time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets was crucial for making physiological interpretations<br />

<strong>of</strong> the event-related responses (see section x7.1.2) because these results were<br />

based in statistically signicant dierences in the amplitudes <strong>and</strong> time delays <strong>of</strong> the<br />

responses, dierences that in the latter case were in the order <strong>of</strong> 100 ms <strong>and</strong> would have<br />

been very dicult to resolve with other <strong>methods</strong> like the Gabor Transform. Furthermore,<br />

the access to discrete coecients in the case <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform allows a<br />

very easy implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests.<br />

As showed with alpha <strong>and</strong> gamma responses to ERPs, with the Wavelet Transform<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> behaviors can be resolved up to fractions <strong>of</strong> a second. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, with<br />

the election <strong>of</strong> an adequate window, Gabor Transform is more suitable for the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>signals</strong> with a more limited <strong>frequency</strong> content as shown with Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures, in<br />

which the interesting activity was limited to the lower frequencies <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> (up to<br />

12:5Hz see section x3.4).<br />

Although with Gabor Transform the general characteristics <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> dynamics<br />

during the Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal seizures was already visible (see section x7.1.1), by using an<br />

alternative decomposition <strong>of</strong> the signal based on the Wavelet Transform, the Wavelet<br />

Packets, it was possible to study with a better resolution the evolution <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong><br />

106


peaks.<br />

7.2.3 Wavelet Transform vs. conventional digital ltering<br />

The multiresolution decomposition based on the Wavelet Transform has several advantages<br />

over conventional digital ltering based on the Fourier Transform (ideal lters).<br />

Moreover, due to the fact that the multiresolution decomposition method is implemented<br />

as a ltering scheme, it can be seen as a way to construct lters with an optimal<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

An important pointtobementioned is that the multiresolution decomposition has a<br />

powerful mathematical background in fact, it can be seen as a sequence <strong>of</strong> correlations<br />

between the original signal <strong>and</strong> dilatations <strong>and</strong> translations <strong>of</strong> a single \mother function"<br />

(<strong>and</strong> its complementary function, see section x4.2.3). Furthermore, the optimal mother<br />

function to be applied to a certain signal can be chosen based on its mathematical<br />

properties or just based on visual features that can be more or less suitable for the<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> a certain signal (see sec. 4.2.4).<br />

Since wavelets have a varying window size adapted to each <strong>frequency</strong> range, the<br />

\ltering" <strong>of</strong> some <strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s does not aect the morphology <strong>of</strong> the others. For<br />

example, it is well known that when ltering with Fourier based lters the high frequencies<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, the morphology <strong>of</strong> the low frequencies is also aected (e.g. in the<br />

case <strong>of</strong> a recording <strong>of</strong> an epileptic seizure, the shape <strong>of</strong> the spikes can be modied, thus<br />

obscuring important details). Moreover, in the case <strong>of</strong> ERPs, the use <strong>of</strong> a method based<br />

in wavelets avoids unwanted eects as \ringing" (i.e. the spurious appearance <strong>of</strong> an<br />

stimulus related amplitude enhancement previous to stimulation). In general, it can be<br />

stated that the Fourier based ltering gives a more smooth signal than the one obtained<br />

by using the multiresolution decomposition due to the nearly optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform for every scale. In order to exemplify these advantages,<br />

in section 4.5.2 I showed with some selected sweeps how the multiresolution<br />

decomposition implemented with B-Spline functions leads to a better resolution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

event-related responses in comparison with an \ideal lter".<br />

Another interesting point is that the multiresolution decomposition gives discrete<br />

coecients, thus making very easy the design <strong>and</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests.<br />

Similar type <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> are more dicult to implement from digitally ltered <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

In this respect, the straightforward implementation <strong>of</strong> statistical tests plus the high<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> wavelets could be critical for obtaining signicant results<br />

as showed for example in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> ERPs (see sec. x4.5 <strong>and</strong> x4.6).<br />

107


7.2.4 Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> vs. time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> (Gabor, Wavelets)<br />

Since all the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> described in this thesis are linear, due to the very<br />

complex non linear nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, a non-linear <strong>analysis</strong> as the one performed<br />

with the <strong>methods</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chaos theory could give new information, an alternative way <strong>of</strong><br />

visualization, or at least a new way <strong>of</strong>quantication. Moreover, Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> can put<br />

constraints to the system, thus helping in making models. It can also give a useful way<br />

<strong>of</strong> data reduction, this for example being very useful for calculating cross-correlations<br />

between dierent <strong>EEG</strong> channels. However, since these <strong>methods</strong> have several prerequisites<br />

such as stationarity, small amount <strong>of</strong> noise, long data recordings, etc., they are very<br />

dicult to implement in the case <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> their results should be taken as<br />

relative values. In this respect, the validity <strong>of</strong> Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> for discriminating between<br />

a r<strong>and</strong>om or deterministic nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> is subject to several criticisms as I<br />

described in section x7.1.3.<br />

Up to now, parameters such as the D 2 , 1 , etc., characterized general properties<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>, such as the complexity or chaoticity <strong>of</strong> the brain in dierent states <strong>and</strong><br />

pathologies. However, the conclusions reached with these <strong>methods</strong> are still very vague<br />

in comparison with more precise conjectures about physiological processes accessed with<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>, as described for example in section x7.1.1 in the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

epileptic seizures. In this respect, physiological interpretation from results obtained with<br />

time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> is very useful due to the relation <strong>of</strong> dierent brain oscillations<br />

with sources, functions <strong>and</strong> pathologies <strong>of</strong> the brain. Moreover, in many cases results<br />

reported with Chaos <strong>methods</strong> are easily visualized in the <strong>EEG</strong> or with other more simple<br />

<strong>methods</strong>. Then, it is reasonable to check if the results obtained with this approach<br />

are in fact new, by comparing them with traditional <strong>methods</strong> as simple correlations,<br />

Fourier <strong>analysis</strong> or the time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>methods</strong> described in this thesis. Despite all these<br />

diculties, new <strong>methods</strong> based on Chaos theory should be implemented in the <strong>analysis</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, this approach still being very promising for \visualizing" dynamical<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> that keep obscure to the linear <strong>methods</strong>.<br />

7.2.5 Wavelet-entropy vs. <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong><br />

Wavelet-entropy gives new information about <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> in comparison with the one<br />

obtained by using <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> or other st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>methods</strong>. In fact, I showed<br />

that WS is independent <strong>of</strong> the amplitude or energy <strong>of</strong> the signal. Instead <strong>of</strong> giving an<br />

amplitude measurement, the WS shows how the energy is distributed in the dierent<br />

<strong>frequency</strong> b<strong>and</strong>s (see section x6.3.2). WS gives a measure <strong>of</strong> the \order" <strong>of</strong> the signal, i.e.<br />

<strong>signals</strong> characterized by narrow peaks in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain are more ordered than<br />

108


the ones having wide peaks (being the limit case a wide b<strong>and</strong> spectrum corresponding<br />

to noise or to a chaotic system). Then, the concept <strong>of</strong> entropy isvery interesting due to<br />

the fact that it can be associated to <strong>frequency</strong> tuning <strong>of</strong> the neuronal groups.<br />

Although in principle the entropy <strong>of</strong> the signal can be visualized from the Fourier<br />

spectrum (i.e. just by looking how narrow or wide are the peaks), the WS allows the<br />

following <strong>of</strong> its time evolution <strong>and</strong> furthermore, gives a reliable way <strong>of</strong> quantication.<br />

Moreover, the advantage <strong>of</strong> dening the measure <strong>of</strong> entropy from the wavelet coecients<br />

<strong>and</strong> not from other alternative time-<strong>frequency</strong> distribution as the Gabor Transform is<br />

that the resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform is crucial for analyzing the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

fast varying <strong>signals</strong> as in the case <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials.<br />

7.2.6 Wavelet-Entropy vs. Chaos <strong>analysis</strong><br />

As stated in several parts <strong>of</strong> this thesis, ERPs can be considered as a selective enhancement,<br />

synchronization or in another words, an ordering <strong>of</strong> the spontaneous <strong>EEG</strong><br />

oscillations. In this context, Wavelet Entropy appears as a natural <strong>and</strong> optimal method<br />

for measuring this evoked ordering <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>.<br />

Although using a completely dierent approach, <strong>and</strong> applied to dierenttype<strong>of</strong><strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>signals</strong>, Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> was in principle used for answering similar type <strong>of</strong> questions. Parameters<br />

such asD 2 or 1 give a measure <strong>of</strong> the complexity, chaoticity, <strong>and</strong> by extension<br />

give an idea <strong>of</strong> the order <strong>of</strong> the signal. In this context, converging low values <strong>of</strong> D 2 for<br />

example, were used as a pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> a low dimensional, deterministic, ordered dynamic <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> in several situations. However as I already mentioned, chaos <strong>methods</strong><br />

are very dicult to apply to <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> <strong>and</strong> furthermore, in many cases lead to pitfalls<br />

<strong>and</strong> wrong results.<br />

As discussed in section x7.1.3, it is very dicult to resolve disputes about the<br />

nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> by using these <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> it is more reasonable to consider<br />

other physiological evidence as for example the response <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> to stimulation<br />

(ERP). However, Chaos <strong>methods</strong> are limited to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> long <strong>and</strong> stationary <strong>EEG</strong><br />

recordings, being impossible to implement them to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> fast varying nonstationary<br />

<strong>signals</strong> as ERPs. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, WS is applicable to ERPs <strong>and</strong> appears<br />

as an ideal parameter for obtaining quantitative answers to these type <strong>of</strong> questions. In<br />

particular, I showed in section x6.3.2 that decreases <strong>of</strong> entropy after stimulation were<br />

correlated with an ordering <strong>of</strong> the brain rhythms involved in a cognitive process.<br />

109


Conclusion<br />

In this thesis I showed the application <strong>of</strong> several <strong>methods</strong> to the <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> dierent<br />

type <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong>. Due to the high complexity <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s, these <strong>methods</strong> needed<br />

to be adapted or extended. Furthermore, it was possible to compare their abilities<br />

in reaching results that allow interesting physiological interpretations. The <strong>methods</strong><br />

described complement the information obtained by the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong><br />

carried by trained electroencephalographers <strong>and</strong> furthermore, they give aquantication<br />

that allows the performance <strong>of</strong> statistical <strong>analysis</strong>. Moreover they can give an alternative<br />

way <strong>of</strong> visualization <strong>and</strong> in the best case the access to information that keeps \hidden"<br />

in the visual inspection <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

In this context, I showed a dynamics <strong>of</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> patterns during Gr<strong>and</strong> Mal<br />

seizures. Seizures were dominated by alpha <strong>and</strong> theta rhythms, later becoming slower<br />

with the starting <strong>of</strong> the clonic phase. Moreover, Chaos <strong>analysis</strong> showed a transition to<br />

a simpler system during the seizures.<br />

I also showed a distributed origin <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations, this ones being<br />

related with primary sensory processing. It was possible to conjecture a relation between<br />

gamma oscillations <strong>and</strong> a process responsible <strong>of</strong> carrying out the information that two<br />

sensory perceptions <strong>of</strong> a bimodal stimulation correspond in fact to the same stimulus.<br />

Responses to unexpected (TARGET) stimulation, traditionally related with cognitive<br />

processing, showed a \tuning" in their <strong>frequency</strong> composition in comparison with the<br />

ongoing <strong>EEG</strong>.<br />

All these results give a valuable contribution in underst<strong>and</strong>ing the brain dynamics.<br />

However, despite all the advances due to the development <strong>of</strong> new techniques <strong>and</strong> experiments,<br />

is still very little what we know about this topic. The attempts to underst<strong>and</strong><br />

the dynamics <strong>of</strong> the brain by analyzing the <strong>EEG</strong> is like trying to underst<strong>and</strong> the conversations<br />

occurring in a building by analyzing a sound recorded from far away. Dierent<br />

stages <strong>and</strong> apartments are making dierent tasks, <strong>and</strong> we are not able to get inside<br />

<strong>and</strong> see what is going on. The <strong>EEG</strong>, the sound recorded from far away, is still one <strong>of</strong><br />

our main tools to access to one <strong>of</strong> the most unknown <strong>and</strong> complex systems in nature,<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the still elusive \treasures" <strong>of</strong> science. In this context, we must design clever<br />

experiments <strong>and</strong> we are obliged to develop a great variety <strong>of</strong> <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> improve them<br />

up to the limits <strong>of</strong> their abilities in order to learn more about the behavior <strong>of</strong> the brain.<br />

And that is what makes the study <strong>of</strong> the brain so fascinating!<br />

110


A<br />

<strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>and</strong> the Uncertainty<br />

Principle<br />

In this section after the introduction <strong>of</strong> some basic concepts from signal <strong>analysis</strong>, I will<br />

show the pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> the Uncertainty Principle. Then, I will describe its application to the<br />

Fourier, Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet Transform, stressing the advantages <strong>of</strong> each method related<br />

with time-<strong>frequency</strong> localization properties.<br />

A.1 Preliminary concepts<br />

Lets consider a normalized signal x(t) (i.e. x2 (t)dt = 1) with a corresponding<br />

Fourier Transform X(!) 9 . The energy density can be written as jx(t)j 2 in the time<br />

domain or as jX(!)j 2 in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain. Since the total energy or intensity should<br />

be the same in both domains, we have the following relation (Parceval's theorem)<br />

I =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

jx(t)j 2 dt = 1<br />

2<br />

R 1<br />

;1<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

jX(!)j 2 d! (56)<br />

Considering the energy densities per time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong>, the average time can be<br />

dened as:<br />

<strong>and</strong> the average <strong>frequency</strong> as:<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t jx(t)j 2 dt (57)<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

! jX(!)j 2 d! (58)<br />

Furthermore, the mean <strong>frequency</strong> can be calculated without the previous computation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Fourier spectrum, just by using the following relation (see demonstration<br />

in Cohen, 1995 pp:11)<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

! jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

x (t) 1 i<br />

d<br />

x(t) dt (59)<br />

dt<br />

were denotes complex conjugation. From the energy densities we can also dene the<br />

second order moments as:<br />

=<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt (60)<br />

9 for simplicity I will use in this section the angular <strong>frequency</strong> ! =2f<br />

111


Z 1<br />

=<br />

;1<br />

! 2 jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

dt (61)<br />

where we used eq. 59. Finally, the time localization, or duration, can be dened by<br />

means <strong>of</strong> the st<strong>and</strong>ard deviation as:<br />

2 t =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

<strong>and</strong> the <strong>frequency</strong> localization, or b<strong>and</strong>width, as:<br />

2 ! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

(t; ) 2 jx(t)j 2 dt = ; 2 (62)<br />

(!; ) 2 jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

A.2 Uncertainty Principle<br />

Theorem<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong><br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

1<br />

<br />

i<br />

<br />

d<br />

dt ; <br />

For a normalized signal x(t), if p tx(t) ! 0 for jtj !1, then<br />

t ! 1 2<br />

or t f 1<br />

4<br />

x(t)<br />

<br />

2<br />

dt (63)<br />

Due to the fact that the mean time <strong>and</strong> the mean <strong>frequency</strong> can be changed by<br />

using a simple transformation (Cohen, 1995), lets assume that = 0 <strong>and</strong> =0.<br />

Then, from eq. 62 <strong>and</strong> eq. 63 we obtain:<br />

<strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

2 ! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

2 t 2 ! =<br />

2 t =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

! 2 jX(!)j 2 d! =<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt <br />

(64)<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt (65)<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

From the Schwartz inequality 10 , by taking f = tx <strong>and</strong> g = s 0 we obtain:<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t 2 jx(t)j 2 dt <br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

<strong>and</strong> resolving the right h<strong>and</strong>integr<strong>and</strong><br />

10 R 1<br />

R<br />

1<br />

;1 jf(x)j2 dx <br />

;1 jg(x)j2 dx <br />

R<br />

1<br />

<br />

d <br />

2<br />

dt x(t)<br />

;1 f (x)g(x) dx<br />

112<br />

dt <br />

2<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

dt (66)<br />

dt (67)<br />

tx(t) d dt x(t) dt <br />

2<br />

(68)


Z 1<br />

;1<br />

tx(t) d dt x(t) dt = 1 2<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

t d dt x2 (t) dt = tx2 (t)<br />

2<br />

<br />

+1<br />

;1<br />

; 1 2<br />

Z 1<br />

;1<br />

x 2 (t) dt = ; 1 2<br />

replacing in eq. 68 <strong>and</strong> then in eq. 67, the uncertainty principle is proved.<br />

A.3 <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Fourier, Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet<br />

Transform<br />

Fourier Transform is based in making a correlation between the original signal <strong>and</strong><br />

complex sinusoidal functions (see eq. 3). Since the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> these functions<br />

is:<br />

x(t) =e i! 0t<br />

! X(!) =2 (! ; ! 0 ) (69)<br />

then, the sinusoidal \mother functions" <strong>of</strong> the Fourier Transform are perfectly localized<br />

in the <strong>frequency</strong> domain. However, they are not localized in time.<br />

As stated in sec. x3.2, Gabor Transform consist in making a correlation between<br />

the signal <strong>and</strong> amplitude modulated complex sinusoids, by using a windowing function.<br />

Gabor (1946) suggested the use <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian function as window due to its simultaneous<br />

localization in time <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> domains. In fact, the Fourier Transform <strong>of</strong> a Gaussian<br />

function is also a Gaussian:<br />

r <br />

<br />

x(t) =g (t) =e ;t2 ! X(!) =<br />

e<br />

; !2<br />

4<br />

<br />

(70)<br />

Moreover, for a Gaussian function the inequality 68isanequality <strong>and</strong> ! t = 1 2 ,thus<br />

having Gaussian functions the best time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution allowed by the uncertainty<br />

principle. In the case <strong>of</strong> the mother functions <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, i.e. g e ;i!t<br />

where g is the Gaussian windowing function, the equality in eq. 68 also holds, thus<br />

having an optimal time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution.<br />

The <strong>frequency</strong> resolution (b<strong>and</strong>width) <strong>of</strong> a normalized Gaussian function can be<br />

calculated by using eq. 63:<br />

2 ! = 2<br />

(71)<br />

<strong>and</strong> in the case <strong>of</strong> the functions <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, g e ;i!t , by applying eq. 59<br />

<strong>and</strong> eq. 63 we obtain for one <strong>of</strong> these mother functions (! = ! 0 ) the same b<strong>and</strong>width<br />

but localized in the <strong>frequency</strong> ! 0 , i.e.:<br />

113


Figure 36: <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform.<br />

= ! 0 2 ! = 2<br />

(72)<br />

Then, in the case <strong>of</strong> Gabor Transform, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution depends on the window<br />

wide, corresponding to small values <strong>of</strong> (wide windows see eq. 16) a better <strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution (but a worst time resolution see also discussion <strong>of</strong> the window sizein<br />

sec. x3.2).<br />

analyzing<br />

The area determined by the <strong>frequency</strong> window multiplied by the time window is<br />

called time-<strong>frequency</strong> window. Plotting <strong>of</strong> the time-<strong>frequency</strong> window is an easy way<br />

to visualize the time-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution: its wide represents the time resolution, its<br />

height represents the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>and</strong> its area represents the time-<strong>frequency</strong><br />

resolution, this last one having alower bound determined by the uncertainty principle.<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> the Gabor Transform, once the window is xed, the <strong>frequency</strong> resolution<br />

is the same for all the frequencies (<strong>and</strong> therefore the time resolution too see g. 36).<br />

Then, for low <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>signals</strong>, a wide window will be suitable <strong>and</strong> in the case <strong>of</strong> high<br />

frequencies, a narrow window will do the job. However, due to its xed window size,<br />

Gabor Transform is not suitable for analyzing <strong>signals</strong> with dierent ranges <strong>of</strong> frequencies.<br />

On the other h<strong>and</strong>, in the case <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform, the size <strong>of</strong> the window is<br />

adapted, thus giving an optimal resolution for all frequencies (see g. 37).<br />

The Wavelet Transform consists in making a correlation between the original signal<br />

114


Figure 37: <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> resolution <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform.<br />

<strong>and</strong> dilatations (contractions) <strong>of</strong> the same mother function (t)<br />

t ; b<br />

ab(t) = jaj ;1=2<br />

a<br />

were a denotes the dierent scales <strong>of</strong> dilatation (contraction) <strong>and</strong> b denotes the time<br />

localization <strong>of</strong> the mother function. Let us denote by ~! <strong>and</strong> by ! the mean <strong>frequency</strong><br />

<strong>and</strong> the b<strong>and</strong>width <strong>of</strong> the mother function (t) <strong>and</strong> by ~!(a) <strong>and</strong> ! (a) the ones <strong>of</strong> the<br />

scaled functions. Then, by applying eq. 59 <strong>and</strong> eq. 63 we obtain:<br />

(73)<br />

~!(a) = ~! a<br />

2 !(a) = 1 a 2 2 ! (74)<br />

Then, equation 74 shows the main feature <strong>of</strong> the Wavelet Transform. Wavelets provide<br />

a time-<strong>frequency</strong> window which automatically narrows when studying high frequencies<br />

<strong>and</strong> widens when analyzing low frequencies, but always keeping the area <strong>of</strong> the time<strong>frequency</strong><br />

window constant, as shown in g. 37.<br />

115


116


References<br />

Abarbanel HDI, Brown R, Sidorowich JJ <strong>and</strong> Tsimring LS. Rev. Mod. Phys. 65, 1331, 1993.<br />

Abraham R <strong>and</strong> Shaw C. Dynamics - The geometry <strong>of</strong> behavior. Part 2: Chaotic behavior. Aerial<br />

Press, California, 1983<br />

Achermann P, Hartmann R, Gunzinger A, Guggenbuhl W <strong>and</strong> Borbely A. All night sleep <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

articial stochastic control <strong>signals</strong> have similar correlation dimensions. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol.,<br />

1994a 90: 384-387.<br />

Achermann P, Hartmann R, Gunzinger A, Guggenbuhl W <strong>and</strong> Borbely A. Correlation dimension <strong>of</strong> the<br />

human sleep electroencephalogram: cyclic changes in the course <strong>of</strong> the night. Eur. J. Neurosc. 1994b<br />

6: 497-500.<br />

Ademoglu A, Micheli-Tzanakou E <strong>and</strong> Istefanopulos Y. Analysis <strong>of</strong> pattern reversal visual evoked<br />

potentials by spline wavelets. IEEE Trans.Biom.Eng., 1997 44:881-890<br />

Adrian ED. Aerent discharges to the cerebral cortex from peripheral sense organs. JPhysiol, 1941,<br />

100:159-191.<br />

Akay M, Akay YM, Cheng P <strong>and</strong> Szeto HH. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> the electrocortical activity<br />

during maturation using wavelet transform. Biol. Cybern., 1994 71: 169-176.<br />

Albano, M., Muench, J., Schwartz, C., Mees, A., <strong>and</strong> Rapp, P., Singular Value Descomposition <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Grassberger-Procaccia Algorithm. Phys. Rev. A, 38, 0, 1988.<br />

Andersen P, Andersson SA. Physiological Basis <strong>of</strong> the Alpha Rhythm. New York: Appleton-Century-<br />

Cr<strong>of</strong>ts, 1968.<br />

Arnhold J, Grassberger P, Lehnertz K <strong>and</strong> Elger C. A robust method for detecting interdependencies:<br />

Application intracranially recorded <strong>EEG</strong>. Physica D, 1999 (in press).<br />

Arroyo S,Lesser R, Gordon B, Fisher R <strong>and</strong> Uematsu S. Subdural electrodes. In: Niedermeyer, E.,<br />

<strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (eds). Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong><br />

Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 701-711.<br />

Babloyantz A, Salazar JM <strong>and</strong> Nicolis C. Evidence <strong>of</strong> chaotic dynamics <strong>of</strong> brain activity during the<br />

sleep cycle. Phys. Lett. 3:152-156 1985<br />

Babloyantz A. Evidence <strong>of</strong> chaotic dynamics <strong>of</strong> brain activity during the sleep cycle. In: GMeyer-Kress<br />

(Ed.), Dimesions <strong>and</strong> entropies in chaotic systems. Springer, Berlin, 1986, pp:241-245.<br />

Babloyantz A <strong>and</strong> Destexhe A. Low-dimensional chaos in an instance <strong>of</strong> epilepsy. Proc. Natl. Acad.<br />

Sci. 83: 3513-3517 1986.<br />

Babloyantz A. Chaotic Dynamics in Brain Activity. In: Erol Basar (ed.) Dynamics <strong>of</strong> Sensory <strong>and</strong><br />

Cognitive Processing by the Brain. Springer Verlag, Berlin 1988.<br />

Bal T, Von Krosigk M <strong>and</strong> McCormick D. Synaptic <strong>and</strong> membrane mechanisms underlying synchronized<br />

oscillations in the ferret LGNd in vitro. J. Physiol. Lond. 1995a, 483:641-663.<br />

Bal T, Von Krosigk M <strong>and</strong> McCormick D. Role <strong>of</strong> the ferret perigeniculate nucleus in the generation<br />

<strong>of</strong> synchronized oscillations in vitro. J. Physiol. Lond. 1995b, 483:665-685.<br />

117


Bartnik EA, Blinowska KJ <strong>and</strong> Durka PJ.Singleevoked potential reconstruction by means <strong>of</strong> wavelet<br />

transform. Biol. Cybern., 1992 67: 175-181<br />

Basar E. <strong>EEG</strong>-Brain dynamics. Relation between <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> brain evoked potentials. Amsterdam:<br />

Elsevier, 1980.<br />

Basar E <strong>and</strong> Stampfer H. Important associations among <strong>EEG</strong>-dynamics, event-related potentaials,<br />

short-term memory <strong>and</strong> learning. Int. J. Neurosc., 1985 26: 161-180<br />

Basar E. <strong>and</strong> Bullock T (Eds.). Brain dynamics. Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1989.<br />

Basar E (Ed). Chaos in Brain Function, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990.<br />

Basar E, Basar-Eroglu C, Parnefjord R, Rahn E, Schurmann M. Evoked potentials: ensembles <strong>of</strong> brain<br />

induced rhythmicities in the alpha, theta <strong>and</strong> gamma ranges. In: Basar, E, Bullock TH, eds. Induced<br />

rhythms in the brain. Boston: Birkhuser, 1992.<br />

Basar E <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Alpha rhythms in the brain: functional correlates. News Physiol Sci, 1996<br />

11: 90-96<br />

Basar E, Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Karacas S. Alpha Oscillations in brain Functioning: an<br />

Integrative Theory. In Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. E Basar, R<br />

Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong>MSchurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26:<br />

5-29.<br />

Basar E <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga R. Chaos in brain function. In: Brain Oscillations: Principles <strong>and</strong> approaches<br />

by E.Basar. Springer Verlag, 1998.<br />

Basar E, Rahn E, Demiralp T <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Spontaneous <strong>EEG</strong> theta activity controls frontal<br />

visual evoked potential amplitudes. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1998 108: 101-109.<br />

Basar E. Brain function <strong>and</strong> oscillations. Volume I: Brain oscillations: principles <strong>and</strong> approaches.<br />

Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer, 1998.<br />

Basar E. Brain function <strong>and</strong> oscillations. Volume II: Integrative brain function: Neurophysiology <strong>and</strong><br />

cognitive processes. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer, 1999.<br />

Basar E, Demiralp T, Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Ademoglu A. Oscillatory brain dynamics,<br />

wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> cognition. Brain <strong>and</strong> language, 1999 66: 146-183.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Basar E <strong>and</strong> Schmielau F. P300 in freely moving cats with intracranial electrodes. Int.<br />

J. Neuroscience, 1991 60: 215-226.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Basar E, Demiralp T <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. P300-response: posible psychophysiological<br />

correlates in delta <strong>and</strong> theta <strong>frequency</strong> channels. A review. Int. J. Psychophysiology, 1992 13: 161-179.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Kolev V, Ritter B, Aksu F <strong>and</strong> Basar E. <strong>EEG</strong>, auditory evoked potentials <strong>and</strong> evoked<br />

rhythmicities in three-year-old children. Int. J. Neurosci, 1994 75: 239-255.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Struber D, Schurmann M, Stadler M <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Gamma-b<strong>and</strong> responses in the brain:<br />

a short review <strong>of</strong> psychophysiological correlates <strong>and</strong> functional signicance. Int. J. Psychophysiology,<br />

1996a 24: 101-112.<br />

Basar-Eroglu C, Struber D, Kruse P,Basar E <strong>and</strong> Stadler M. Frontal gamma-b<strong>and</strong> enhancement during<br />

multistable visual perception. Int. J. Psychophysiology, 1996b 24: 113-126.<br />

118


Berger, H. Uber das Elektrenkephalogramm des Menschen. Arch. Psychiat. Nervenkr. 1929 87:527-<br />

570.<br />

Bertr<strong>and</strong> O, Bohorquez J <strong>and</strong> Pernier J. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> digital ltering based on an invertible wavelet<br />

transform: an application to evoked potentials. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., 1994 41: 77-88.<br />

Besthorn C, Sattel H, Geiger-Kabisch C, Zerfass R <strong>and</strong> Forstl H. Parameters <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> dimensional<br />

complexity in Alzheimer's disease. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1995 95: 84-89.<br />

Blanco S, Garca H, Quian Quiroga R, Romanelli L <strong>and</strong> Rosso OA. Stationarity <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> series.<br />

IEEE Eng. Med. Biol., 1995a, 14: 395-399.<br />

Blanco S, Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Kochen S. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalogram<br />

series. Phys. Rev. E, 1995b, 51 (3): 2624-2631.<br />

Blanco S, Kochen S, Quian Quiroga R, Riquelme L, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Salgado P. Characterization <strong>of</strong><br />

epileptic <strong>EEG</strong> time series (I): Gabor transform <strong>and</strong> nonlinear dynamic <strong>methods</strong>. In: E M Fern<strong>and</strong>ez<br />

Verdaguer <strong>and</strong> C AD'Attellis (Eds.), Wavelet theory <strong>and</strong> harmonic <strong>analysis</strong> in applied sciences.<br />

Birkhuser, 1996a.<br />

Blanco S, D'Atellis, Isaacson, Rosso OA, Sirne RO. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalogram<br />

series (II): Gabor <strong>and</strong> Wavelet Transform. Phys. Rev. E, 1996b, 54 (6): 6661-6672.<br />

Blanco S, Kochen S, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Salgado P. Applying time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> to seizure <strong>EEG</strong> activity.<br />

A method to help to identify the source <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures. IEEE Eng. Med. Biol., 1997, 16: 64-71.<br />

Blanco S, Figliola A, Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong> Serrano E. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalogram<br />

series III: information transfer function <strong>and</strong> wavelets packets. Phys. Rev. E, 57(1):932-<br />

940 1998a.<br />

Blanco S, Creso J, Figliola A, Quian Quiroga R <strong>and</strong> Rosso OA. Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis <strong>of</strong> Scalp<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> Epileptic Series. In: Instabilities <strong>and</strong> Non-Equilibrium Structures VI. E Tirapegui <strong>and</strong> J Martinez<br />

(eds.). Kluwer Academic Press 1998b.<br />

Brazier MAB. Spread <strong>of</strong> seizure discharges in epilepsy: anatomical <strong>and</strong> electrophysiological considerations.<br />

Exp. Neurol., 1972 36:263-272.<br />

Broomhead, D. <strong>and</strong> King, G. Physica D, 20:217 1986.<br />

Bullock TH<strong>and</strong> McClune MC. Lateral coherence <strong>of</strong> the electrocorticogram: anewmeasure <strong>of</strong> brain<br />

synchrony. Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol 1989 73:479-498.<br />

Bullock TH, McClune MC, Achimowicy JZ, Iragui-Madoz VJ, Duckrow RB <strong>and</strong> Spencer SS. Temporal<br />

uctuations in coherence <strong>of</strong> brain waves. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1995a 92:11568-11572.<br />

Bullock TH, McClune MC, Achimowicy JZ, Iragui-Madoz VJ, Duckrow RB <strong>and</strong> Spencer SS. <strong>EEG</strong><br />

coherence has structure in the millimeter domain: subdural <strong>and</strong> hippocampal recordings from epileptic<br />

patients. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1995b 95:161-177.<br />

Chui C. An introduction to wavelets. Academic Press, San Diego, 1992.<br />

Clark I, Biscay R,Echeverria M <strong>and</strong> Virues T. Multiresolution decomposition <strong>of</strong> non-stationary <strong>EEG</strong><br />

<strong>signals</strong>: a preliminary study. Compt. Biol. Med. 1995, 25: 373-382.<br />

Cohen L. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1995.<br />

119


Cooley WJ <strong>and</strong> Tukey JW. An algorithm for the machine calculation <strong>of</strong> complex Fourier series. Math.<br />

Comput., 1965, 19: 297-301.<br />

Crepeau JC <strong>and</strong> King Isaacson L. On the spectral entropy behavior <strong>of</strong> self-organizing processes. J.<br />

Non-equilib. Thermodyn., 1990 15: 115-126.<br />

Darcey T M <strong>and</strong> Williamson P D. Spatio-temporal <strong>EEG</strong> measures <strong>and</strong> their application to human<br />

intracranially recorded epileptic seizures. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1985, 61 (6): 573-587.<br />

Demiralp T <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Theta rhythmicities following expected visual <strong>and</strong> auditory targets. Int. J.<br />

Psychophysiology, 1992 13: 147-160.<br />

Demiralp T, Ademoglu A, Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Detection <strong>of</strong> P300 waves in<br />

single trials by thewavelet transform. Brain <strong>and</strong> language, 1999 66: 108-128.<br />

Duy FH, Burchel JL <strong>and</strong> Lombroso CT. Brain electrical activity mapping (BEAM): a method for<br />

extending the clinical utility <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> evoked potential data. Ann. Neurol., 1979 5: 309-321.<br />

Duy FH. Tophographic mapping <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity. London: Butterworths 1986.<br />

Dumermuth G <strong>and</strong> Molinari L. Spectral <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> background activity. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong> A.<br />

Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography <strong>and</strong> clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong> magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 85-130.<br />

Eckhorn R, Bauer R, Jordan W, Brosch M, Kruse W, Munk M <strong>and</strong> Reitboeck H. Coherent oscillations:<br />

A mechanism <strong>of</strong> feature linking in the visual cortex? Biol. Cybern., 60: 121-130, 1988.<br />

Eckman, J., Kamphort, S., Ruelle, D. Recurrence Plots <strong>of</strong> Dinamical Sistems. Europhys. Lett. 1987<br />

4: 973-977.<br />

Elbert T, Ray W,Kowalik Z, Skinner J, Graf K <strong>and</strong> Birmbaumer N. Chaos <strong>and</strong> physiology: deterministic<br />

chaos in excitable cell assemblies. Phys. Rev., 1994 74: 1-47.<br />

Feynman R, Leighton R <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong>s M. The Feynman lectures on physics. Addison-Wesley, Reading,<br />

MA, 1964.<br />

Feynman R. Feynman lectures on computation. A Hey <strong>and</strong> R Allen (eds.). Addison-Wesley, Reading,<br />

MA, 1996.<br />

Frank GW, Lookman T, Nerenberg MAH <strong>and</strong> Essex C. Chaotic <strong>Time</strong> Series Analysis <strong>of</strong> Epileptic<br />

Seizures. Physica D, 46: 427-438 1990.<br />

Gabor D. Theory <strong>of</strong> communication. J. Inst. Elec. Eng., 1946, 93: 429-459.<br />

Galambos R. A comparison <strong>of</strong> certain gamma b<strong>and</strong> (40-Hz) brain rhythms in cat <strong>and</strong> man. In: Basar<br />

E, Bullock TH (eds.) Induced Rhythms in the Brain. Boston Basel Berlin: Birkhuser, 1992.<br />

Gallez D <strong>and</strong> Babloyantz A. Predictability <strong>of</strong>human <strong>EEG</strong>: a dynamical approach. Biol. Cybern. 64:<br />

381-391 1991.<br />

Garca H <strong>and</strong> Quian Quiroga R. La utilidad del <strong>EEG</strong> cuanticado en Neurosiologia Clinica. Archivos<br />

de Neurologia, Neurocirugia y Neuropsiquiatria, 1998 2: 34-43.<br />

Gasser T. <strong>EEG</strong> Informatics: a Didactic Review <strong>of</strong> Methods <strong>and</strong> Applications <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> Data Processing,<br />

A. Remond (Eds), Elsevier, New York, pp 37-55, 1977.<br />

120


Gastaut H <strong>and</strong> Broughton R. Epileptic seizures. Charles C. Thomas, Springeld IL, 1972.<br />

Gersch W<strong>and</strong> Goddard GV. Epileptic focus location: spectral <strong>analysis</strong> method. Science 1970, 169:<br />

701-702.<br />

Gevins AS. Overview <strong>of</strong> computer <strong>analysis</strong>. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong> A. Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong><br />

electroencephalography <strong>and</strong> clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong><br />

magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 31-83.<br />

Golomb D,Wang XJ <strong>and</strong> Rinzel J. Propagation <strong>of</strong> spindle waves in a Thalamic Slice model. Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology 1996, 75: 750-769.<br />

Gotman J, Ives JR <strong>and</strong> Gloor P. Frequency content <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> EMG at seizure onset: possibility <strong>of</strong><br />

removal <strong>of</strong> EMG artefact by digital ltering. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1981, 52(6): 626-639.<br />

Gotman J. Measurement <strong>of</strong> small time dierences between <strong>EEG</strong> channels: method <strong>and</strong> application to<br />

epileptic seizure propagation. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1983 56:501-514.<br />

Gotman J, Ives JR, Gloor P. Long-term monitoring in epilepsy. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol. Suppl. 37,<br />

1985.<br />

Gotman J. Interhemispheric interactions in seizures <strong>of</strong> focal onset: data from human intracranial recordings.<br />

Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1987 67:120-133.<br />

Gotman J. The use <strong>of</strong> computers in <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>and</strong> display <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> evoked potentials. In: D. D. Daly<br />

<strong>and</strong>T.A.Pedley (eds.), Current practice <strong>of</strong> clinical electroencephalography. Raven Press Ltd., New<br />

York, 2nd ed., 1990a, pp: 51-83.<br />

Gotman J. Automatic seizures detection: improvements <strong>and</strong> evaluation. Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol.<br />

1990b 54: 530-540<br />

Grassberger, P. <strong>and</strong> Procaccia, I. Physica D, 9:189 1983.<br />

Gray C <strong>and</strong> Singer W. Stimulus-specic neuronal oscillations in orientation columns <strong>of</strong> cat visual cortex.<br />

Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989 86: 1698-1702.<br />

Gray C, Konig P, Engel A <strong>and</strong> Singer W. Oscillatory responses in cat visual cortex exhibit intercolumnar<br />

synchronization which reects global stimulus properties. Nature, 338: 335-337, 1989.<br />

Grossmann <strong>and</strong> Morlet. Decomposition <strong>of</strong> Hardy Functions into square integrable wavelets <strong>of</strong> constant<br />

shape. SIAM J. Math. Anal., 1984 15: 723-736.<br />

Iasemidis L, Sackellares J, Zaveri H <strong>and</strong> Williams W. Phase space topography <strong>and</strong> the Lyapunov<br />

exponent <strong>of</strong> electrocorticograms in partial seizures. Brain Topography, 1990 2: 187-201.<br />

Iasemidis LD <strong>and</strong> Sackellares JC. The evolution with time <strong>of</strong> the spatial distribution <strong>of</strong> the largest<br />

Lyapunov exponent on the human epileptic cortex. in: DW Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring<br />

Chaos in the Human Brain. World Scientic, Singapore, 1991 pp: 49-82<br />

Inouye T, Shinosaki K, Sakamoto H, Toi S, Ukai S, Iyama A, Katzuda Y <strong>and</strong> Hirano M. Quantication<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> irregularity by use <strong>of</strong> the entropy <strong>of</strong>thepower spectrum. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1991<br />

79: 204-210.<br />

Inouye T, Shinosaki K, Iyama A <strong>and</strong> Matzumoto Y. Localization <strong>of</strong> activated areas <strong>and</strong> directional<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> patterns during mental arithmetic. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1993 86: 224-230.<br />

121


Jansen BH. <strong>Quantitative</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> electroencephalograms: is there chaos in the future?. Int. J.<br />

Biomed. Comput., 27: 95-123 1991.<br />

Jelles B, Achtereekte H, Slaets J <strong>and</strong> Stam C. Specic patterns <strong>of</strong> cortical dysfunction in dementia <strong>and</strong><br />

Parkinson's disease demostrated by the acceleration spectrum entropy <strong>of</strong>the <strong>EEG</strong>. Clin. Electroencephalogr.,<br />

1995 26: 188-192.<br />

Jenkins GM <strong>and</strong> D. Watts D: Spectral Analysis <strong>and</strong> its Applications, Holden-Day, SanFrancisco, 1968.<br />

John ER, Harmony T<strong>and</strong>Valdes-Sosa P. The use <strong>of</strong> statistics in electrophysiology. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong><br />

A. Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography <strong>and</strong> clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong> magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 497-540.<br />

Kaiser G. A friendly guide to wavelets. Birkhauser, Boston 1994.<br />

Kaplan PW, Lesser RP. Long-term monitoring. In: Daly DD, Pedley TA, eds. Current practice <strong>of</strong><br />

clinical electroencephalography. 2nd edition. New York: Raven Press, 1990: 513-534.<br />

Kennel M. B., Brawn R. <strong>and</strong> Abarbanel H. D. I. Determining embedding dimension for phase-space<br />

reconstruction using a geometrical construction. Phys. Rev. A 45: 3403-3411 1992.<br />

Klimesch W. <strong>EEG</strong>-alpha rhythms <strong>and</strong> memory processes. In Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects<br />

<strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. E Basar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> M Schurmann (eds.). Int. J.<br />

Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26: 319-340<br />

Kolev V <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Event-related prolongation <strong>of</strong> induced <strong>EEG</strong> rhythmicities in experiments<br />

with a cognitive task.Int. J. Neurosci, 1992 67: 199-213.<br />

Kolev V, Basar-Eroglu C, Aksu F <strong>and</strong> Basar E. <strong>EEG</strong> rhythmicities evoked by visual stimuli in threeyear-old<br />

children. Int. J. Neurosci., 1994 75: 257-270.<br />

Kolev V, Demiralp T, Yordanova J, Ademoglu A <strong>and</strong> Isoglu Alkac U. <strong>Time</strong>-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> reveals<br />

multiple functional components during oddball P300. Neuroreport 1997, 8: 2061-5.<br />

Krystal AD <strong>and</strong> Weiner RD. The largest Lyapunov exponent <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> in ECT seizures. in: DW<br />

Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring Chaos in the Human Brain. World Scientic, Singapore, 1991<br />

pp: 113-127<br />

Lehmann D. Multichannel topography <strong>of</strong>human alpha <strong>EEG</strong> elds. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1971<br />

31:439-449.<br />

Lehmann D. Principles <strong>of</strong> spatial <strong>analysis</strong>. In: A. Gevins <strong>and</strong> A. Remond (Eds.), H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> electroencephalography<br />

<strong>and</strong>clinical neurophysiology, Vol. I: Methods <strong>of</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical <strong>and</strong><br />

magnetic <strong>signals</strong>. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1987, pp: 309-354.<br />

Lehmann D <strong>and</strong> Koenig T. Spatio-temporal dynamics <strong>of</strong> alpha brain electric elds, <strong>and</strong> cognitive modes.<br />

In Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. EBasar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva<br />

<strong>and</strong> M Schurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26: 99-112.<br />

Lehnertz K <strong>and</strong> Elger C. Spatio-temporal dynamics <strong>of</strong> the primary epileptogenic area in temporal lobe<br />

epilepsy characterized by neuronal complexity loss.Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1995 95: 108-117.<br />

Lehnertz K <strong>and</strong> Elger C. Can epileptic seizures be predicted? Evidence from nonlinear time series<br />

<strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> brain electrical activity. Phys. Rev. Lett., 1998 80: 5019-5022.<br />

122


Lopes da Silva FH, van Lierop THMT, Schrijer CF, Storm van Leeuwen W. Organization <strong>of</strong> thalamic<br />

<strong>and</strong> cortical alpha rhythms: spectra <strong>and</strong> coherences. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1973a 35: 626-639.<br />

Lopes da Silva FH, van Lierop THMT, Schrijer CF, Storm van Leeuwen W. Essential dierences<br />

between alpha rhythms <strong>and</strong> barbiturate spindles: spectra <strong>and</strong> thalamo-cortical coherences. Electr.<br />

Clin. Neurophysiol., 1973b 35: 641-645.<br />

Lopes da Silva FH, Storm van Leeuwen W. The cortical source <strong>of</strong> the alpha rhythm. Neurosci. Lett.,<br />

1977 6: 237-241.<br />

Lopes da Silva FH. Neural mechanisms underlying brain waves: From neural membranes to networks.<br />

Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1991, 79: 81-93.<br />

Lopes da Silva F H. <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>: theory <strong>and</strong> practice. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993a, pp: 1097-1123.<br />

Lopes da Silva F H. Computer-assisted <strong>EEG</strong> diagnosis: Pattern recognition <strong>and</strong> brain mapping. In:<br />

E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical<br />

Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993b, pp: 1063-1086.<br />

Lorenz E. Atmospheric predictability as revealed by naturally occurring analogies. J. Atmos. Sci.,<br />

1969 26: 636.<br />

Lutzenberger W, Preissl H <strong>and</strong> Pulvermuller F. Fractal dimension <strong>of</strong> electroencephalographic time series<br />

<strong>and</strong> underlying brain processes. Biol. Cybern., 1995 73: 477-482.<br />

Mallat S. A theory for multiresolution signal decomposition: the wavelet representation. IEEE Trans.<br />

Pattern Analysis <strong>and</strong> Machine Intell., 1989 2 (7): 674-693.<br />

Maltseva IV <strong>and</strong> Masloboev YP. Alpha rhythm parameters <strong>and</strong> short-term memory span. In Brain<br />

Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional Correlates. EBasar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong> M<br />

Schurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology, special issue, 1997 26: 369-380.<br />

Mason C <strong>and</strong> K<strong>and</strong>el E. Central visual pathways. In E. K<strong>and</strong>el, J. Schwartz <strong>and</strong> T. Jessell (Eds.)<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> neural science. Elsevier, New York 1991, pp: 420-439.<br />

Maurer K <strong>and</strong> Dierks T. Atlas <strong>of</strong> brain mapping. Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1991.<br />

Mees, A., Rapp, P. <strong>and</strong> Jennings, L. Phys. Rev. A 36, 340 1987.<br />

Meierkord H, Will B, Fish D, Shovone S. The clinical features <strong>and</strong> prognosis <strong>of</strong> pseudoseizures diagnosed<br />

using video <strong>EEG</strong> telemetry. Neurology 1991 41: 1643-1646.<br />

Molle M, Marshall L, Lutzenberger W, Pietrowsky R, Fehm H <strong>and</strong> Born J. Enhanced dynamic complexity<br />

in the human <strong>EEG</strong> during creative thinking. Neurosc. Lett., 1996 208: 61-64.<br />

Mpitsos, GJ. Chaos in Brain Function <strong>and</strong> the Problem <strong>of</strong> Nonstationarity: A Commentary. In: E.<br />

Basar <strong>and</strong> T.H. Bullock (Eds.) Brain Dynamics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1989, pp: 521-535.<br />

Niedermeyer E. The normal <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>of</strong> the waking adult. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F.H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(eds). Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993a, pp: 131-152.<br />

123


Niedermeyer E. Depth Electroencephalography. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (eds).<br />

Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993b, pp: 661-677.<br />

Niedermeyer E. Epileptic Seizure Disorders. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (eds). Electroencephalography:<br />

Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993c, pp: 461-564.<br />

Nuwer MR, Lehmann D, Lopes da Silva FH, Matsuoka S, Sutherling W <strong>and</strong> Vivert JF. IFCN guidelines<br />

for topographic <strong>and</strong> <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>s <strong>and</strong> EPs. Report <strong>of</strong> <strong>and</strong> IFCN committee. Electr. Clin.<br />

Neurophysiol 1994 91:1-5.<br />

Osborne AR <strong>and</strong> Provenzale A. Finite correlation dimension for stochastic systems with power-law<br />

spectra. Physica D, 1989 35: 357-381.<br />

Ott E, Sauer T <strong>and</strong> Yorke J. Coping with Chaos. John Wiley <strong>and</strong> Sons, Inc. New York, 1994.<br />

Palus, M. y Dvorak, I. Singular-Value Decomposition in Attractor Reconstruction: Pitfalls <strong>and</strong> Precautions.<br />

Physica D, 55, 221-234 1992.<br />

Pedley TA <strong>and</strong> Traub RD. Physiological basis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. In: D. D. Daly <strong>and</strong> T. A. Pedley (eds.),<br />

Current practice <strong>of</strong> clinical electroencephalography. Raven Press Ltd., New York, 2nd ed., 1990, pp:<br />

107-137.<br />

Pesin Y. Lyapunov characteristic exponents <strong>and</strong> smooth ergodic theory. Usp. Math. Nauk, 32: 55-68<br />

1977.<br />

Petsche H, Kaplan S, von Stein A <strong>and</strong> Filz O. The possible meaning <strong>of</strong> the upper <strong>and</strong> lower alpha <strong>frequency</strong><br />

ranges for cognitive <strong>and</strong> creative tasks. In: Brain Alpha Activity - New aspects <strong>and</strong> Functional<br />

Correlates. EBasar, R Hari, FH Lopes da Silva <strong>and</strong>MSchurmann (eds.). Int. J. Psychophysiology,<br />

special issue, 1997 26: 77-97.<br />

Pfurtscheller G <strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva FH (eds.). Functional Brain Imaging. Toronto: Huber 1988.<br />

Pijn JPN. <strong>Quantitative</strong> evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> in epilepsy. Nonlinear associations, time delays <strong>and</strong><br />

nonlinear dynamics. PhD Thesis, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 1990.<br />

Pijn JPN, Van Neerven J, Noest A <strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva FH. Chaos or noise in <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>signals</strong> dependence<br />

on state <strong>and</strong> brain site. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1991, 79: 371<br />

Pjin JP, Velis DN, van der Heiden M, DeGoede J, van Veelen C <strong>and</strong> Lopes da Silva FH. Nonlinear<br />

dynamics <strong>of</strong> epileptic seizures on basis <strong>of</strong> intracranial <strong>EEG</strong> recordings. Brain Topography 9: 249-270<br />

1997.<br />

Polich J <strong>and</strong> Kok A. Cognitive <strong>and</strong> biological determinants <strong>of</strong> P300: an integrative review.<br />

Psychol., 1995 41: 103-146.<br />

Biol.<br />

Porter RJ, Sato S. Prolonged <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> video monitoring in the diagnosis <strong>of</strong> seizure disorders. In: E.<br />

Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F.H. Lopes da Silva, eds. Electroencephalography. 3rd edition. Baltimore: Williams<br />

<strong>and</strong> Wilkins, 1993: 729-738.<br />

Powell G <strong>and</strong> Percival I. A spectral entropy method for distinguishing regular <strong>and</strong> irregular motion <strong>of</strong><br />

Hamiltonian systems. J. Phys. A: Math. Gen., 1979 12: 2053-2071.<br />

124


Pradhan N, Sadasivan P, Chatterji S <strong>and</strong> Narayana Dutt D. Patterns <strong>of</strong> attractor dimensions <strong>of</strong> sleep<br />

<strong>EEG</strong>. Comput. Biol. Med., 1995 25: 455-462.<br />

Principe JC <strong>and</strong> Lo PC. Towards the determination <strong>of</strong> the largest Lyapunov exponent <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> segments.<br />

in: DW Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring Chaos in the Human Brain. World Scientic,<br />

Singapore, 1991 pp: 156-166<br />

Pritchard WS <strong>and</strong> Duke DW. Measuring chaos in the brain: a tutorial review <strong>of</strong> nonlinear dynamical<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>. Int. J. Neurosci. 67:31-80 1992.<br />

Pritchard W, Duke D, Coburn K, Moore N, Tucker K, Jann M <strong>and</strong> Hostetler R. <strong>EEG</strong>-based, neural-net<br />

predictive classication <strong>of</strong> Alzheimer's disease versus control subjects is augmented by non-linear <strong>EEG</strong><br />

measures. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1994 91: 118-130.<br />

Pulvermuller F, Lutzenberger W, Preiel H <strong>and</strong> Birbaumer N. Spectral responses in the gamma b<strong>and</strong>:<br />

physiological signs <strong>of</strong> higher cognitive processing? Neuroreport, 6:2059-2064, 1995.<br />

Qian S <strong>and</strong> Chen D. Joint time-<strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong>: <strong>methods</strong> <strong>and</strong> applications. Prentice Hall NJ, 1996.<br />

Quian Quiroga R., Pirra L., Podesta C., Leiguarda R. <strong>and</strong> Rabinowicz A. <strong>Time</strong> Distribution <strong>of</strong> Epileptic<br />

Seizures during Video-<strong>EEG</strong> monitoring. Implications for health insurance system in developing<br />

countries. Seizure 1997a, 6: 475-477.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Blanco S, Rosso OA, Garca H <strong>and</strong> Rabinowicz A. Searching for Hidden Information<br />

with Gabor Transform in Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 103: 434-439,<br />

1997b.<br />

Quian Quiroga R <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> visual evoked potentials: alpha responses. In:<br />

Recent advances in human neurophysiology. I. Hashimoto <strong>and</strong> R. Kakigi (eds.). Elsevier Science 1998,<br />

pp: 450-454.<br />

Quian Quiroga R <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Functions <strong>and</strong> sources <strong>of</strong> event-related <strong>EEG</strong> alpha oscillations<br />

studied with the Wavelet Transform. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1999 110: 643-655.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA <strong>and</strong>BasarE.Wavelet-entropy: a measure <strong>of</strong> order in evoked potentials.<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> Suppl. 49: 298-302 1999a.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Rosso OA Schurmann M <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Wavelet-entropy incognitive potentials: a<br />

new method shows <strong>frequency</strong> tuning <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>-oscillations. Submitted to Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol.,<br />

1999b.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Arnhold J <strong>and</strong> Grassberger P. Driver-Response relationships cannot be learned from<br />

synchronization patterns. Submitted to Phys. Rev. E, 1999c.<br />

Quian Quiroga R, Basar E <strong>and</strong> Schurmann M. Phase locking <strong>of</strong> event-related alpha oscillations. Proceedings<br />

<strong>of</strong> the interdisciplinary Workshop: Chaos in Brain? World Scientic 1999d, in press.<br />

Regan D. Human brain electrophysiology. Evoked potentials <strong>and</strong> evoked magnetic elds in science <strong>and</strong><br />

medicine. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1989.<br />

Reilly E. <strong>EEG</strong> Recording <strong>and</strong> Operation <strong>of</strong> the Apparatus. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F.H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(eds). Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 104-124<br />

125


Rohrbaugh J, Varner J, Paige S, Eckardt M <strong>and</strong> Ellingson R. Auditory <strong>and</strong> visual event-related perturbations<br />

in the 40Hz auditory steady-state response. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1990 76: 148-164.<br />

Roschke J <strong>and</strong> Aldenho J. The dimensionality <strong>of</strong>human's electroencephalogram during sleep. Biol.<br />

Cybern., 1991 64: 307-313.<br />

Roschke J,Fell J <strong>and</strong> Beckmann P. The calculation <strong>of</strong> the rst positive Lyapunov exponent in sleep<br />

<strong>EEG</strong> data. Electr. <strong>and</strong> Clin. Neurophysiol. 86: 348-352 1993.<br />

Roschke J,MannK<strong>and</strong>Fell J. Nonlinear <strong>EEG</strong> dynamics during sleep in depression <strong>and</strong> schizophrenia.<br />

Int. J. Neurosci. 75: 271-284 1994.<br />

Rosenstein M, Collins J <strong>and</strong> De Luca C, A practical method for calculating largest Lyapunov exponents<br />

from small data sets. Physica D 65: 117-134 1993.<br />

Rosenstein M, Collins J <strong>and</strong> De Luca C, Reconstruction expansion as a geometry-based framework for<br />

choosing proper delay times. Physica D, 73: 82 1994.<br />

Rosso OA, Quian Quiroga R, Blanco S, Figliola A <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Wavelet-Entropy applied to Brain Signal<br />

Analysis. Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the IX European Signal Processing Conference, 1998, vol.IV, pp: 2445-2448.<br />

Sakowicz O, Quian Quiroga R, Schurmann M <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Oscillatory gamma-range responses following<br />

bimodal stimulation - Wavelet decomposition <strong>of</strong> human event-related potentials. (1999, to be<br />

submitted)<br />

Samar VJ, Swartz KP <strong>and</strong> Raghveer MR. Multiresolution <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> event-related potentials bywavelet<br />

decomposition. Brain <strong>and</strong> cognition 1995, 27: 398-438.<br />

Schi S.J., Aldrouby A, Unser M <strong>and</strong> Sato S. Fast wavelet transformation <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong>. Electr.<br />

Neurophysiol., 1994a, 91: 442-455.<br />

Clin.<br />

Schi S, Milton J, Heller J <strong>and</strong> Weinstein S. Wavelet transforms <strong>and</strong> surrogate data for electroencephalographic<br />

spike <strong>and</strong> seizure localization. Optical Engineering 1994b, 33: 2162-2169.<br />

Schreiber T. Detecting <strong>and</strong> analysing nonstationarity in a time series using nonlinear cross predictions.<br />

Phys. Rev. Lett., 1997, 78: 843-846.<br />

Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C, Kolev V <strong>and</strong> Basa E. A new metric for analyzing single-trial eventrelated<br />

potentials (ERPs): application to human visual P300 delta response. Neuroscience Letters,<br />

1995 197: 167-170.<br />

Schurmann M, Basar-Eroglu C <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Gamma responses in the <strong>EEG</strong>: elementary <strong>signals</strong> with<br />

multiple functional correlates. Neuroreport, 1997 8: 531-534.<br />

Schutt A <strong>and</strong> Basar E. The eects <strong>of</strong> acetylcholine, dopamine <strong>and</strong> noradrenaline on the visceral ganglion<br />

helix pomatia - II. Stimulus evoked eld potentials. Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 1992 102C: 169-176<br />

Schutt A, Basar E <strong>and</strong> Bullock TH. The eects <strong>of</strong> acetylcholine, dopamine <strong>and</strong> noradrenaline on the<br />

visceral ganglion helix pomatia - I. Ongoing compound eld potentials <strong>of</strong> low frequencies. Comp.<br />

Biochem. Physiol., 1992 102C: 159-168<br />

Senhadji L, Dillenseger JL, Wendling F, Rocha C <strong>and</strong> Linie A. Wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> for threedimensional<br />

mapping <strong>of</strong> epileptic events. Annals <strong>of</strong> Biom. Eng. 1995, 23: 543-552.<br />

126


Serrano E, Ph.D. Thesis, Department <strong>of</strong> Mathematics, FCEyN, Universidad de Buenos Aires, Argentina,<br />

1996.<br />

Shannon CE. A mathematical theory <strong>of</strong> communication. Bell System Technol. J, 1948, 27:379-423<br />

623-656.<br />

Sheer D <strong>and</strong> Schrock B.Attention. In: Hannay J (ed.), Experimental techniques in human neuropsychology,<br />

pp: 95-137. Oxford University Press, New York, 1986.<br />

Shepherd, G. Neurobiology. Oxford University Press, New York 1988<br />

Shuster HG. Deterministic Chaos. VCH Publishers, New York, 1988.<br />

Speckermann EJ <strong>and</strong> Elger CE. Introduction to the neurophysiological basis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong> <strong>and</strong> DC potentials.<br />

In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva (Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles,<br />

Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore: Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 15-26.<br />

Stam CJ, Tavy D <strong>and</strong> Keunen R. Quantication <strong>of</strong> alpha rhythm desynchronization using the acceleration<br />

spectrum entropy <strong>of</strong> the <strong>EEG</strong>. Clin. Electroencephalogr., 1993 24: 104-109.<br />

Stam CJ, Jelles B, Achtereekte HAM, Rombouts SARB, Slaets JPJ <strong>and</strong> Keunen RWM. Investigation<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> non-linearity indementia <strong>and</strong> Parkinsons disease. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 95: 309-317<br />

1995.<br />

Stampfer HG <strong>and</strong> Basar E. Does <strong>frequency</strong> <strong>analysis</strong> lead to better underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> human event related<br />

potentials. Intern. J. Neuroscience, 1985 26:181-196.<br />

Steriade M, Gloor P, Llinas RR, Lopes da Silva FH <strong>and</strong> Mesulam MM. Basic mechanisms <strong>of</strong> cerebral<br />

rhythmic activities. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1990, 76: 481-508.<br />

Steriade M. Cellular substrates <strong>of</strong> brain rhythms. In: E. Niedermeyer <strong>and</strong> F. H. Lopes da Silva<br />

(Eds.), Electroencephalography: Basic Principles, Clinical Applications <strong>and</strong> Related Fields. Baltimore:<br />

Williams <strong>and</strong> Wilkins 3rd ed., 1993, pp: 27-62.<br />

Storm van Leewen W, Wieneke G, Spoelstra P <strong>and</strong> Versteeg H. Lack <strong>of</strong> bilateral coherence <strong>of</strong> mu<br />

rhythm. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1978 44:140-146.<br />

Strang G. <strong>and</strong> Nguyen T. Wavelets <strong>and</strong> lter banks. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, Wellesley, 1996.<br />

Takens, F. Dynamical Systems <strong>of</strong> Turbulence. D. R<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> L. Young (eds.). Springer,Berlin 1981.<br />

Thakor NV, Xin-rong G, Yi-Chun S <strong>and</strong> Hanley DF. Multiresolution wavelet <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> evoked potentials.<br />

IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng., 1993 40: 1085-1094.<br />

Thatcher RW, Krause PJ <strong>and</strong> Hrybyk M. Cortico-cortical associations <strong>and</strong> <strong>EEG</strong> coherence: a twocompartmental<br />

model. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol 1986 64:123-143.<br />

Theiler, J. Spurious dimensions from correlation algorithms applied to limited time series data Phys.<br />

Rev.A, 34:2427 1986.<br />

Theiler J, Eubank S, Longtin A, Galdrikian B <strong>and</strong> Doyne Farmer J. Testing for nonlinearity in time<br />

series: the method <strong>of</strong> surrogate data. Physica D, 1992 58: 77-94.<br />

Thomeer E, Stam C <strong>and</strong> van Woerkom T. <strong>EEG</strong> changes during mental activation. Clin. Electroencephalogr.,<br />

1994 25: 94-98.<br />

127


Tiitinen H, Sinkkonen J, Reikainen K, Alho K, Lavikainen J <strong>and</strong> Naatanen R. Selective attention<br />

enhances the auditory 40Hz transient response in humans. Nature, 364:59-60, 1993.<br />

Unser M, Aldroubi A <strong>and</strong> Eden M. On the asymptotic convergence <strong>of</strong> B-Spline wavelets to Gabor<br />

functions. IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory., 1992 38: 864-872.<br />

Unser M, Aldroubi A <strong>and</strong> Eden M, Signal Processing 30: 141 1993.<br />

Unser M <strong>and</strong> Aldroubi A. A review <strong>of</strong> wavelets in biomedical applications. Proc. IEEE 1996, 84:<br />

626-638.<br />

Unser M. Ten good reasons for using spline wavelets. Proc. SPIE Vol. 3169, Wavelets Applications in<br />

Signal <strong>and</strong> Image Processing V 1997, pp:422-431.<br />

Wallenstein GV <strong>and</strong> Nash AJ. Does the Largest Lyapunov Exponent Quantify the Dynamical Complexity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Event-Related Potential? An Algorithm Using Adaptive Step-Size Control for Variable<br />

Propagation <strong>Time</strong>s. in: DW Duke <strong>and</strong> WS Pritchard (eds) Measuring Chaos in the Human Brain.<br />

World Scientic, Singapore 1991, pp: 232-256.<br />

Walter D, Rhodes J, Brown D <strong>and</strong> Adey W. Comprehensive spectral <strong>analysis</strong> <strong>of</strong> human <strong>EEG</strong> generators<br />

in posterior cerebral regions. Electr. Clin. Neurophysiol., 1966 20: 224-237.<br />

Wang XJ, Golomb D <strong>and</strong> Rinzel J. Emergent spindle oscillations <strong>and</strong> intermittent burst ring in a<br />

thalamic model: Specic neuronal mechanisms. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1995, 92:5577-5581.<br />

Weaver HJ. Theory <strong>of</strong> discrete <strong>and</strong> continuous Fourier <strong>analysis</strong>. Wiley-Interscience, 1989.<br />

Wolf A, Swift J, Swinney H <strong>and</strong> Vastano J. Determining Lyapunov Exponents from a time series.<br />

Physica D, 16: 285-317 1985.<br />

Zhang J <strong>and</strong> Zheng C. Extracting evoked potentials with the singularity detection technique. IEEE<br />

Eng. Med. Biol Sept/Oct 1997, pp: 155-161.<br />

128


Biographical sketch<br />

21.03.1967 born in Buenos Aires Argentina<br />

Nov. 1984<br />

March 1993<br />

nished the high school studies<br />

nished the studies on Physics at the University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

March 1991 second class teaching assistant at the Dept. <strong>of</strong> Physics - University<br />

- March 1994 <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

March 1994 rst class teaching assistant at the Dept. <strong>of</strong> Physics - University<br />

- April 1996 <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

March 1989 second class teaching assistant at the Ciclo Basico Comun -<br />

- April 1993 University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

April 1993 rst class teaching assistant at the Ciclo Basico Comun -<br />

-May 1996 University <strong>of</strong> Buenos Aires<br />

May/August given advanced course over Physics applied to Anesthesiology<br />

1994 at the Hospital Italiano<br />

April 1993<br />

-May 1995<br />

May 1995<br />

-May 1996<br />

June 1996<br />

-May 1998<br />

scholar at the department <strong>of</strong> Neurophysiology - Institute <strong>of</strong><br />

Neurological investigations (FLENI), Argentina<br />

scholar at the department <strong>of</strong> Epilepsy - Institute <strong>of</strong> Neurological<br />

investigations (FLENI), Argentina<br />

guest scientist at the Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University<br />

<strong>of</strong> Lubeck, Germany. Supported by the BMBF<br />

June 1998 guest scientist at the Institute <strong>of</strong> Physiology - Medical University<br />

- August 1998 <strong>of</strong> Lubeck, Germany. Supported by the Med. Univ. Lubeck<br />

Nov. 1998 -<br />

post-doc position at the Forschungszentrum Julich, Germany<br />

129

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!